Skip to main content

Full text of "California, our western wonderland"

See other formats


F   Ft    O   fS/l 

state:      MUSECi 

HARRlSBURa.  PE.NMA. 
Class  Z3ook 


AUG   3   19  25 


From  the  collection  of  the 


0  Prepnger 
^    Jjibrary 


b     t  '^  w   P 


L/ 


San  Francisco,  California 
2007 


t 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/californiaourwesOOkochrich 


California 

Our  Western  Wonderland 


hy 


FELIX  J.  KOCH,  A.  B. 

of  the  American  Geographical  Society 

Author  of  "Little  Journey  to  the  Balkans," 

*'The  Great  Southwest,"  etc. 


and 


GEORGE  WHARTON  JAMES 

Author  of  "In  and  Out  of  the  Old  Missions  of  California,  "In  and  Around 

the  Grand  Canyon,"  "The  Wonders  of  the   Colorado   Desert," 

"Traveler's  Handbook  to  Southern  California,"  etc. 


1923 
A.   FLANAGAN   COMPANY 

CHICAGO 


COPYRIGHT   1907.   1911.   1919.   1923  BY  A.  FLANAGAN  COMPANY 


PRINTED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


California 
Our  Western  Wonderland 


THOSE  of  us  who  made  the  Little  Journey 
through  the  Great  South-West,  will  not  be  con- 
tent, having  arrived  at  Los  Angeles,  to  rest  there. 
It  may  be  called  the  southern  gate-way  to  the  real 
West,  the  West  teeming  with  places  of  absorbing  in- 
terest, in  endless  variety. 

In  the  space  of  a  few  short  days  we  intend  to  visit 
Moimt  Wilson,  from  whose  sunmiit  we  may  look  at 
the  sun  through  a  mirror  telescope  over  six  thousand 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  or  we  may  peer  into 
the  wonders  of  the  ocean's  bottom  at  CataUna,  or, 
again,  visit  the  Venice  of  the  Pacific,  admiring  this 
copy  of  the  famous  Italian  city  visited  on  another 
Little  Journey. 

Moreover,  to  visit  Los  Angeles  late  in  Januar}^,  and 
find  balmy  winds,  flowers  and  clear  blue  skies,  when 
the  rest  of  the  country  is  covered  with  ice  and  snow^ 
will  make  every  drop  of  roving  blood  in  our  veins  urge 
us  to  wander. 

We  are  reminded  of  the  poem  we  read  somewhere  at 
home  and  which  has  seemed  so  often  to  express  our 
own  sentiments  on  these  trips  of  ours : 

Beyond  the  East  the  sun-rise, 

Beyond  the  West  the  sea, 
And  East  and  West  the  ''wander-thirst" 

That  will  not  let  me  be; 


4  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

It  works  in  me  like  madness,  dear, 

To  bid  me  say  good-by, 
For  the  seas  call,  and  the  stars  call, 

And  Oh,  the  call  of  the  sky  ! 

I  know  not  where  the  white  road  runs, 

Nor  what  the  blue  hills  are, 
But  a  man  can  have  the  sun  for  friend 

And  for  his  guide  a  star 
And  there's  no  end  of  voyaging 

When  once  the  voice  is  heard. 
For  the  river  calls  and  the  road  calls, 

And  Oh!  the  call  of  the  bird  ! 

With  this  in  mind  we  proceed  to  ^Vander^'  througl 
the  ^^City  of  the  Angels." 


STREET  IN  LOS  ANGELES 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  5 

THE   HISTORY   OF   LOS   ANGELES 

Just  as  we  are  about  to  start  a  friend  puts  into  our 
hands  ^The  Traveler's  Hand  Book  to  Southern  Cali- 
fornia/' and  we  are  soon  deep  in  its  pages,  reading  the 
history  of  this  interesting  city.  We  learn  that  it  owes 
its  existence  to  the  Spaniards.  In  the  year  1781, 
the  King  of  Spain  decided  to  colonize  California. 
Spain  had  always  claimed  California  as  hers  because  it 
was  discovered  by  the  Spanish  Explorer,  Cabrillo,  over 
three  hundred  years  earlier.  The  King  was  afraid  that 
if  he  neglected  it  any  longer  the  British  might  seize  it. 
Then,  too,  he  wanted  some  ''ports  of  call"  where  his 
ships,  trading  between  Spain  and  the  Philippine  Islands, 
might  stop  to  secure  fresh  water,  fruits  and  other  food 
supplies,  make  repairs  and  generally  provide  for  the 
welfare  of  his  sailors.  Accordingly  he  arranged  to 
establish  colonies  at  several  points,  build  fortresses  for 
their  protection,  and  at  the  same  time  send  missionaries 
to  convert  the  native  people  to  the  faith  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  Church.  To  carry  out  this  purpose  he  sent 
Don  Jose  Galvez  as  his  special  representative  in  New 
Spain,  (as  Mexico  was  then  called),  with  full  authority 
to  carry  out  his  will.  Lower  California — the  peninsula, 
that  still  belongs  to  Mexico — had  already  been  colon- 
ized and  missions  had  been  established  bv  the  Jesuits 
for  over  a  hundred  years,  and  it  was  from  the  southern- 
most of  these  missions  that  the  parties  who  were  to 
begin  the  colonization  of  Alta  (or  higher)  California 
were  to  start. 

Don  Gasper  de  Portola  was  appointed  military  chief 
of  the  expedition,  and  he  was  to  be  Governor  of  the 
new  country.     His  Lieutenant  was  Fernando  Javier 


K)  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

Rivera  y  Moncada.  The  religious  work  was  placed 
under  the  direction  of  Fray  Junipero  Serra,  a  Fran- 
ciscan friar,  who  had  been  a  missionary  to  the  Lipan 
Apaches  and  other  Indians  in  Mexico  and  had  proven 
his  great  devotion  to  God  and  to  the  savages  his  life  was 
given  to  elevate,  civilize  and  christianize. 

In  September  1768  Rivera  was  sent  to  all  the  mis- 
sions of  the  peninsula  to  gather  from  each  such  pro- 
visions, live  stock,  and  implements  as  could  be  spared. 
He  was  also  to  prevail  upon  all  the  available  families 
he  could  find  to  go  along  as  colonists.  Other  mes- 
sengers gathered  from  the  churches  furniture,  orna- 
ments and  vestments  for  the  Missions  that  were  to  be 
established. 

Two  vessels  were  loaded — the  San  Carlos  which  was 
started  January  9,  1769,  and  the  San  Antonio  which 
left  La  Paz  February  15.  They  were  to  meet  in  the 
harbor  discovered  by  Cabrillo  over  230  years  before, 
but  rediscovered  and  given  its  present  name  by 
Viscaino  in  the  year  1602.  Two  land  expeditions 
started,  the  first  under  Rivera  and  the  second  under 
PortoU.     Serra  was  with  the  latter. 

In  due  time  all  four  parties  met  in  San  Diego,  and  a 
mission  and  presidio  (or  fort)  were  established  there. 
Then  a  party  was  sent  north  to  find  the  Bay  of  Mon- 
terey, where  another  mission  was  to  be  established,  but 
somehow  those  in  charge  failed  to  recognize  Monterey 
Bay  and  pushed  farther  north  and  discovered  the  Bay 
of  San  Francisco,  one  of  the  largest  and  finest  harbors 
in  the  world,  and  where  later,  another  mission  and  fort 
were  established.  The  next  expedition  found  Mon- 
terey and  a  mission  and  fort  were  soon  built  there. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  7 

Rapidly  others  were  established,  one  of  them  being 
San  Gabriel  (founded  September  8,  1771)  which  we 
shall  visit  later. 

Ten  years  after  San  Gabriel  was  established,  Rivera, 
who  had  now  become  Governor,  was  instructed  to 
establish  a  town  on  the  Uttle  river,  some  twenty  miles 


Hk 

^HM 

k — ..  -  --.  i 

'^ 

M 

^^B  i 

%"' 

^-.^ 

^1 

^^^^B           M 

!tM«|M 

1 

^B 

i 

^^.c^ 

^^'^H 

■^^^M 

1 

^^^^H 

' 

1 

EPISCOPAL  CHURCH,  LOS  ANGELES 


away,  and  he  brought  forty-two  persons  from  Mexico 
for  the  purpose,  and  on  the  26th  of  August,  1781,  the 
new  town  was  started,  while  appropriate  ceremonies 
attended  the  dedication  of  the  "plaza^  or  pubUc  square, 
on  September  14.*  This  was  the  beginning  of  the  town 
that  is  now  one  of  the  wonder  cities  of  the  world, 
having  a  population  of  about  590,000. 


8  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

STREET   LIFE   IN   LOS   ANGELES 

There  are  so  many  differences  between  the  streets 
here  and  those  in  Eastern  cities  that  we  can  well  spend 
a  day,  or  several,  in  walking  or  riding  through  them. 

The  street  cars  here,  as  everywhere  in  the  West,  have 
the  center  closed,  like  our  winter  cars.  Both  ends  are 
open  and  have  two  benches  set  almost  back  to  back, 
lengthwise,  leaving  just  enough  space  between  for  the 
conductor  to  pass  through  as  he  collects  his  fares. 

The  city  is  very  modern.  Splendid  street-lamps, 
six  white  globes  surrounding  a  central  one,  light  the 
highways  at  intervals. 

Barber  shops,  we  note,  have  the  front  set  in  some  dis- 
tance from  the  walk,  allowing  room  for  a  vestibule,  in 
which  the  boot-blacks  have  their  stands.  We  see 
ladies  sitting  on  the  chairs  to  have  their  shoes  cleaned, 
which  they  seldom  do  in  the  East. 

Stamp  and  coin  shops  and  others  devoted  to  Japan- 
ese curios  are  numerous.  Tea  bazaars  surround  a  tall 
nine-story  hotel,  and  then  we  enter  a  district  of  homes, 
all  of  which  have  verandas. 

Groceries  in  this  city  have  a  wire  netting  for  their 
entire  front,  instead  of  a  substantial  wall.  This  netting 
has  doors  that  can  be  locked,  so  that  whether  the  store 
is  '^open'^  or  ^'^closed'^  the  air  can  circulate  constantly. 
This  is,  of  course,  possible  only  in  a  rather  rainless 
region,  such  as  this  is. 

Flowers  greet  us  on  every  hand.  In  January  and 
February  even  the  poorer  women  wear  great  bunches  of 
violets.  This  is  a  city  of  flowers.  The  houses  (outside 
the  business  section),  are  fairly  embowered  in  them, 
and  they  grow  in  marvellous  and  delightful  profusion. 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  9 

We  notice  a  Ramona  Hotel,  a  Ramona  Street,  a 
Ramona  Coach,  and  read  in  the  papers  of  a  Ramona 
Convent,  a  httle  to^Ti  called  Ramona,  and  in  this  way 
learn  how  much  the  people  of  Southern  California 
think  of  the  book  Ramona,  written  by  Helen  Hunt 
Jackson,  to  arouse  the  people  of  America  to  under- 
stand the  sad  condition  of  the  Indians  of  this  region. 
It  is  a  beautiful,  tender  and  pathetic  stor}^  .It  is  a 
romance  that  tells  of  a  beautiful  girl,  half  Scotch  and 
half  Indian,  who  was  brought  up  by  the  Sefiora  Moreno, 
a  woman  of  great  character,  but  with  intense  self-will 
and  an  exalted  opinion  of  what  was  owing  to  her  from 
all  with  whom  she  came  in  contact.  She  had  plans  of 
her  own  for  Ramona,  which  were  thwarted  when  the 
beautiful  girl  fell  in  love  with,  and  married,  Alessandro, 
the  Indian  leader  of  a  band  of  sheep  shearers.  Prac- 
tically driven  from  her  home,  Ramona  joined  her  hfe 
so  completely  \\dth  that  of  her  husband  that  she  thus 
identified  herself  with  the  Indians,  whose  cruel  suf- 
ferings are  truthfully  portrayed.  Alessandro  is  at 
length  slain  by  a  wicked  white  man  and  Ramona  re- 
turns to  civilized  life. 

PATRIOTS,    ALL 

One  thing  in  this  connection  we  shall  note  times  with- 
out number  in  the  West,  and  that  is  the  intense  local 
patriotism  of  the  people. 

Ever}^  man,  woman,  and  child,  sooner  or  later  in 
the  course  of  a  conversation  will  become  the  eulogist 
of  the  West  in  general,  and  of  his  home  city  in  par- 
ticular. 

Here  in  Los  Angeles  you  are  led  to  beUeve  that  there 


10  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

can  be  no  city  quite  so  progressive,  so  beautiful,  so 
clean ;  as  Jack  Appleton's  poem  has  it : 

There  may  be  other  cities  as  pretty, 

As  splendid  as  cities  can  be, 
But  this  is  the  city  I  hve  in, 

And  this  is  the  city  for  me! 

The  citizens  of  Los  Angeles  have  a  right  to  be  proud 
of  their  city,  its  beauty  and  progressiveness,  and  its 
innumerable  interesting  comers. 

The  quaintest  and  oldest  part  is  ^^Sonoratown,'^  so 
named  because  many  of  the  families  and  earliest  set- 
tlers came  from  Sonora,  one  of  the  provinces  of  North- 
ern Mexico.  It  is  located  North  of  the  old  plaza  and 
the  mission  chapel,  the  latter  having  been  built  some- 
time during  1814,  when  the  comer  stone  was  laid,  and 
1822,  when  it  was  formally  dedicated.  A  number  of  the 
houses  are  of  the  old  adobe  (a-do-by)  structures,  flat- 
roofed  and  whitewashed,  so  common  in  Mexico.  In- 
teresting signs,  here  and  there,  tell  us  that  Mexican 
habits  and  customs  are  still  observed.  Here  is  a  ^^ta- 
male^'  vender,  yonder  a  restaurant  where  the  chief 
articles  of  diet  are  ^^chili  con  carne'^  (che-le  kon  kar-ne), 
red  pepper  with  meat, — ^^tortillas'^  (tor-te-yas) — a  kind 
of  flat  pancake  made  from  flour  and  water — and  the 
every  day  brown  beans — '^frijoles^'  (fre-ho-lehs). 

The  hill  west  of  Sonoratown  used  to  be  called  Fort 
Hill,  as  here  the  cannon  were  placed  and  a  rude  fort 
constructed  when  Los  Angeles  was  captured  from  the 
Mexicans  in  1847.  It  is  now  the  site  of  the  Los  Angeles 
High  School  and  many  beautiful  residences  and  semi- 
public  buildings. 

OUR   FIRST    CHINA-TOWN 

Just  behind  the  plaza  is  located  Chinatown,  another 
of  the  interesting  sights  of  Los  Angeles. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


11 


China-town  covers  a  comparatively  small  district. 
The  buildings  are  chiefly  brick  and  most  of  them  have 
verandas  on  the  second  story,  on  which  there  are  plants 
and  from  which  hang  large  balloon-shaped  lanterns. 
Most  of  these  are  white  with  floral  and  animal  designs 
in  colors. 


NEW  YEAR  DECORATION  IN  CHINA-TOWN 

We  are  fortunate  in  having  happened  here  now,  as  it  is 
the  time  of  the  Chinese  New  Year,  and  so  there  are  in- 
numerable banners  and  decorations  added,  and  the 
houses  fly  various  Chinese  flags. 

Men  go  about  with  long  braids  or  cues,  wearing  loose 
black  silk  jackets  and  clogs  that  remind  us  of 
Bosnia.  Stores  of  Oriental  wares  have  a  dragon  up 
over  the  door.   In  the  main  portico  up-stairs,  lanterns 


12 


A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 


are  hung.  Next  door,  a  Jap  may  have  his  place,  with 
the  signs  in  Japanese. 

A  man  in  a  blue  vest  worn  over  a  black  shirt,  and 
with  the  cue  down  his  back,  passes. 

There  are  many  Curio  stores.  In  them  we  shall  find 
pretty  Chinese  tea-pots  in  the  shape  of  an  elephant  or 
with  two  spouts ;  pictures  with  the  frame  carved,  but 


CHILDREN  OF  CHINA-TOWN 


left  unpainted ;  long  streamers  to  hang  from  the  walls ; 
hideous  looking  dragons,  and  clumsy  swords  made  of 
Chinese  coins.  We  are  tempted  to  empty  our  purses. 
Against  the  walls  at  the  alley  comers  hang  signs  in 
heavy  Chinese  characters  on  gay-colored  papers.  Here 
is  the  sign  of  a  Chinese  doctor.  Tl^ie  orange  colored 
placards  with  the  black  lettering  are  everywhere  to  be 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND  13 

seen,  as  also  gay  balloons,  flowers,  and  queer  dolls 
made  of  paper  flowers. 

There  is  a  Chinese  restaurant  where  we  can  taste 
chicken  noodle  a-la-whole-hok  (whatever  that  may 
mean)  and  op-hoi-min,  and  chop-suey,  and  so  on,  but 
from  half -past  eight  in  the  evening  until  midnight  only. 

We  note  how  few  and  far  between  are  the  women,  and 
that  the  few  children  we  meet  are  gaily  attired. 

Few  Chinamen  come  to  the  United  States  expecting 
to  spend  all  their  days  here.  They  hope  to  return, 
someday,  to  their  old  homes,  therefore,  they  seldom 
bring  their  wives,  and  this  is  the  chief  reason  so  few 
women  are  seen. 

China-town  is  well  defined  and  we  pass  out  of  it  into 
a  foreign  quarter.  Thence,  we  take  the  car  back  to  one 
of  the  great  hotels,  that  we  may  engage  a  place  in  one  of 
the  autos  that  make  a  three-hour  trip  through  the  city. 
But  first,  we  drop  into  a  restaurant  for  lunch,  and  are 
charmed  to  find  bouquets  of  callas  on  each  table. 

SIGHT-SEEING   IN   AN   AUTO 

The  automobile  gives  us  an  opportunity  of  seeing 
more  especially  the  residential  part  of  Los  Angeles. 

We  start  not  far  from  the  Huntington  Building,  one 
of  the  most  important  in  Los  Angeles.  It  is  named 
after  Henry  Edward  Huntington,  the  railway  magnate, 
nephew  of  ColHs  P.  Huntington,  one  of  the  greatest 
railway  builders  the  world  has  ever  known.  Henry 
received  his  railway  training  under  his  uncle,  and  when 
the  latter  died  and  left  him  a  large  fortune  he  came  to 
Los  Angeles,  bought  the  street  railway  system,  im- 
proved and  exten^d  it,  until  now  it  is  the  finest  and 
most  perfect  interurban  electric  system  in  the  world. 


14  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

It  radiates  in  every  direction,  reaching  nearly  every 
town  within  seventy  miles  or  more,  with  large,  com- 
fortable and  swiftly  traveling  cars.  AH  the  cars  that 
go  to  outside  places  enter  and  depart  from  this  building. 

As  it  is  Chinese  New  Year's  we  are  again  taken 
Chinatown  to  see  the  ceremonies. 

THE  JOSS  HOUSE  AT  ^  ^CHINESE  NEW  YEAR" 

First  on  the  itinerary  is  a  joss-house,  the  outside 
plain  and  like  any  other  Chinese  store  building.  A 
straight,  narrow  and  short  flight  of  stairs  leads  into  a 
room  that  seems  one  mass  of  Oriental  fantasies,  a 
chamber  most  difficult  to  describe.  By  and  by,  out 
of  the  chaos,  we  are  able  to  note  that  the  walls  are 
covered  with  an  orange-colored  paper  inscribed  with 
black  lettering,  and  that  on  this  there  hang  long 
series  of  slips,  bearing  the  names  of  contributors  to 
the  fund  to  build  the  temple.  Each  temple  has  its 
own  joss  or  spirit. 

In  the  rear  of  the  room  is  the  altar.  Here  again  fan- 
tastic designs  support  a  platform  which  is  draped  at 
each  side  with  curtains.  Before  the  altar  are  placed 
tapers  of  punk  of  varying  size  and  there  are  also  tables 
with  dishes  containing  various  Chinese  foods,  every- 
thing from  rice  down  to  the  orange  and  other  local 
fruits,   all    left   as  New  Year   offerings    to  the  idol. 

Worship  is  held  here  from  four  to  ten  in  the  morning. 
Before  the  altar  a  light  is  kept  burning,  illumining  the 
Chinese  posters  hanging  down  close  by.  Against  one 
wall  the  great  Chinese  standard  carried  in  parade, 
and  the  tubular  mandarin  umbrellas  used  on  such  occa- 
sions, have  their  places. 

As  we  step  out  we  hear  close  by  the  discharge  of  a 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND  15 

^reat  bunch  of  shooting  crackers,  fired  in  celebration  of 
the  New  Year. 

We  now  return -through  the  city  by  way  of  the 
Federal  Building  and  the  County  Court  House.  The 
Lormer  building  affords  a  striking  testimony  to  the 
rapid  growth  of  Los  Angeles.  WTien  the  congressional 
appropriation  was  made  for  its  erection  the  city  had  a 
population  of  about  175,000.  Before  it  was  completed 
the  population  had  grown  to  350,000  and  was  increas- 
ing daily  so  that  the  building  is  already  far  too  small 
for  its  needs.     About  a  mile  to  the  south  we  are  in 

RESIDENTIAL   LOS   ANGELES 

Surrounded  by  handsome  dwellings,  many  of  them 
frame  structures,  with  a  broad  porch  on  the  ground 
floor,  and  short  verandas  before  the  center  windows  of 
the  second  story  front.  Nearly  all  these  homes  are  set 
in  good  sized  lawTis,  with  large  and  beautiful  palms  at 
the  front,  and  usually  wdth  pepper  trees  interspersed. 
As  in  New  Orleans,  there  is  generally  a  row  of  palms 
[dong  the  walk.  Variations,  however,  are  numerous. 
One  place  will  have  three  massive  flights  of  stairs  lead- 
ing up  from  the  walk  to  meet  at  the  lower  terrace. 
Terraces  are  quite  popular. 

Another  house  will  be  completely  covered  over,  aU 
but  the  massive  doors,  with  a  low  vine.  Blooming 
poinsettias  or  a  massive  honey-suckle  find  much  favor. 

We  ghde  through  the  West  Lake  section,  where  every 
house  is  artistic,  beautiful  and  costly.  This  is  one  of 
the  most  charming  locations  in  the  city.  It  is  on 
slightly  elevated  ground  and  affords  to  its  inhabitants 
panoramic  views  of  unsurpassed  glor}^,  majesty  and 


16  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

beauty.  To  the  North  the  towering  Sierra  Madre 
(Mother  Mountains)  brood  in  loving  tenderness  over 
the  cultivated  San  Gabriel  Valley^  and  the  eyes  roam 
over  scores  of  miles  of  ohve,  orange,  lemon,  grape- 
fruit, almond  and  peach  orchards,  which,  in  blossom 
time,  clad  in  tender  pinks,  snowy  whites,  dainty  cream 
and  other  radiant  bloom,  give  forth  deliciously  fra- 
grant odors. 

In  Westmoreland  beyond,  the  mansions  become 
jBner  still.  Mission  and  colonial  styles  in  great  vari- 
eties prevail.  The  bungalow  and  the  imitation  of  the 
old  log  house  are  also  to  be  seen. 

At  Pico  (Pe-ko)  Heights  there  are  still  other  hand- 
some homes.  One  street  lined  with  tall  palms  fasci- 
nates us,  and  a  girls'  collegiate  school,  in  a  veritable 
bower  of  foliage,  makes  us  envy  its  occupants.  Hospi- 
tals are  numerous,  for  many  thousands  of  sick  people 
come  to  California  each  year,  from  all  parts  of  the 
country,  in  order  to  be  restored  to  health  in  its  per- 
petual sunshine  and  balmy  air.  Churches  abound,  for 
there  are  so  many  diverse  elements  in  the  population 
that  every  creed  known  to  the  religious  world  has  its 
adherents. 

Los  Angeles  is  especially  proud  of  its  educational 
facilities.  Most  of  its  public  schools  were  built  in 
comparatively  few  years,  to  meet  the  rapid  growth  of 
the  city.  They  are  all  equipped  in  accordance  with  the 
latest  methods  and  afford  a  striking  example  of  the 
American  idea  of  giving  to  every  child,  however  poor, 
the  very  best  in  education  that  can  be  obtained. 
Its  polytechnic  school  is  one  of  the  largest  and  best 
equipped  in  the  country  and  the  work  of  its  students 


OUR   WESTERN  WONDERLAND  17 

ranks  high.  There  are  many  private  schools  and  col- 
leges, and  also  the  University  of  Southern  California, 
a  Methodist  Institution,  with  its  colleges  of  Liberal 
Arts,  Music,  Fine  Arts,  Dentistry",  Medicine,  Law,  etc., 
scattered  throughout  the  city.  There  are  two  excel- 
lent art  schools,  one  near  West  Lake  Park  and  the 
other  at  Garv^anza  (one  of  the  suburbs  on  the  way  to 
Pasadena).  Southern  Cahfomia  with  its  glorious  snow- 
capped mountains,  mysterious  canyons,  craggy  ravines, 
forest-clad  slopes,  leaping  cataracts,  babbhng  brooks, 
enchanting  foot-hills,  trees  from  every  land,  fruit- 
laden  orchards,  gorgeous  flowers  of  many  thousands 
of  varieties,  rocky  and  sandy  sea-shore,  summer 
islands  bathing  in  deep  blue  waters,  pearly  faced  ocean, 
vessels  of  every  kind  which  float — including  United 
States  battleships.  Orient-bound  steamers,  Chinese 
sampans,  Japanese  craft,  luggers,  schooners,  yachts, 
house-boats,  tugs,  and  motor-boats — affords  endless 
subjects  for  the  artist. 

To  the  East  are  vast  deserts,  with  weird  cactus 
growths,  great  alkali  flats,  moving  sand-mountains, 
and  sunrises  and  sunsets  of  such  glowing  colors  that 
they  dazzle  the  eye  and  thrill  the  senses.  All  these 
and  hosts  of  other  interesting  nature  objects  attract 
the  painter,  and  when  is  added  the  variety  .of  human 
life  found  here,  well  may  he  think  he  is  in  an  ^ ^artist's 
paradise."  For  not  only  are  there  all  the  ci\dlized  races 
of  earth,  but  Hindoos,  Chinamen  in  pigtail  and  native 
costume,  and  our  owti  picturesque  Indians  from  the 
mountains  and  from  the  pueblos  of  Arizona  and  New 
Mexico.  Scores  of  pictures  also,  are  painted  annually 
of  the  interesting  and  ruined  Mission  structures,  that 


18  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

were  established  for  the  christianizing  of  the  ancestors 
of  these  Indians,  over  a  century  and  a  quarter  ago. 

One  great  advantage  of  the  balmy  climate  of  Los 
Angeles  and  the  surrounding  country  is  that  it  affords 
the  artist  opportunities  for  out  of  door  sketching  almost 
every  day  in  the  year.  What  a  wonderful  privilege 
this  is  can  be  fully  appreciated  only  by  those  who 
engage  in  the  work. 

Los  Angeles  is  not  only  proud  of  being  an  educational 
and  artistic  center,  but  it  glories  in  its  Chamber  of 
Commerce  and  Sierra  Madre  Club.  The  former  is  an 
association  of  business  men  who  organized  many  years 
ago  to  further  the  welfare  of  Southern  California  in 
general  and  Los  Angeles  in  particular.  It  sends  ex- 
hibits all  over  the  country  and  is  always  ready  to  send 
beautifully  illustrated  literature  to  every  person  who 
desires  to  learn  about  the  country  and  its  resources. 
The  Sierra  Madre  Club  is  an  organization  of  mining 
men,  for  Los  Angeles  is  now  the  center  of  one  of  the 
greatest  oil-mining  regions  in  the  United  States. 

NIGHT   IN   THE    CITY   OF    CELESTIALS 

After  supper  we  wiU  do  Chinatown  in  the  company 
of  a  guide — one  of  the  many  little  bands  of  tourists 
swarming  through  the  quarter.  Owing  to  the  New 
Year's  celebrations,  hoodlums  have  recently  invaded 
China-town,  tearing  the  decorations  and  acting  as  van- 
dals generally  do;  and  so  we  foreigners,  being  of  the 
same  race  as  these,  are  regarded  with  no  friendly 
eyes. 

Everywhere  on  the  balconies  the  gauze  balloons  are 
illuminated  with  electricity  and  look  bright  and  gay. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  19' 

Here  and  there  children  are  shooting   fire-crackers. 

Again  we  visit  a  temple,  entering  by  a  similar  narrow 
stair  between  the  brick  walls  of  a  dark  court,  passing 
into  a  rear  court  and  then  into  a  room  where  a  platform 
sustains  two  poles  of  red  and  black,  which,  in  their  turn, 
uphold  a  balcony;  a  double  door  leads  off  at  each  side. 

We  knock  at  a  panel,  which  a  Chinaman  opens,  and 
we  pass  through  two  sets  of  double  glass-doors  into  a 
narrow  vestibule,  where  more  stairs  lead  on  to  the  next 
floor  and  to  the  joss. 

There,  at  the  rear  of  the  room,  is  the  altar  with  its  pic- 
ture of  the  deity  draped  with  green  curtains;  at  each 
side  are  gay  bunches  of  paper  primroses.  Before  the 
altar  are  tied  bouquets  of  fresh  narcissus,  in  honor  of 
the  New  Year ;  on  the  table  in  front  there  are,  likewise, 
offerings  of  grain,  cakes,  and  candy,  each  in  a  Uttle 
china  bowl.  Chrysanthemums  too  are  here.  A  lower 
table  holds  an  incense  pot,  below  which  some  heavy 
metal  work  completes  the  whole. 

The  walls  of  the  room  are  hung  with  placards.  In 
the  center  of  the  apartment,  another  altar  has  also  fresh 
narcissus  plants  and  little  cups  of  food,  as  well  as  a  plate 
of  cakes  arranged  pyramid  fashion.  This  is  draped 
with  heavy  tinsel  embroidery,  while  on  the  floor  lie  mats 
whereon  the  Celestial  devotees  may  kneel,  and  worship 
the  idol  at  will.  To  the  rear,  lit  by  both  gas  and  electric- 
ity, is  a  third  idol ;  on  one  side  are  chairs  draped  in  red. 

We  return  to  the  streets.  Over  many  of  the  doors 
there  is  a  mammoth  beech  leaf  of  gilt  paper,  upon 
which  gay-colored  paper  primroses  are  set.  Pretty 
light  effects  are  produced  by  the  lanterns. 

A  doctor,  we  see,  has  red  baize  across  his  windows  for" 


20  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

his  sign.  We  peer  into  a  pool-room  where  the  Chinamen 
are  in  American  costume.  Now  and  then  a  woman  in 
black  trousers,  or  some  children  in  gay  costumes,  go  by. 
In  the  shops  we  note  that  every  store  has  a  partition 
across  it,  with  a  door  leading  into  the  rear,  where  the 
storekeepers  stay  the  greater  part  of  the  time. 

We  note  that  the  barbers  shave  the  entire  head  all 
but  the  cue,  then  clean  out  the  ears  with  what  resembles 
a  long  darning  needle,  which  they  wipe  off  on  a  piece 
of  paper.     Then  they  tie  the  cue  up  in  a  knot. 

Here  and  there  we  see  some  Chinese  smoking  the 
long,  fiute4ike  opium  pipe.  Many  of  the  other  shops 
are  lit  with  lamps.  There  is  a  restaurant  thronged 
by  American  tourists;  and  then  we  pass  up  another 
flight  of  narrow  steps,  ending  abruptly  at  a  door,  and 
enter  a  Masonic  Hall,  for  the  Chinese  are  real  Free 
Masons.  Here  again  there  is  a  gay  altar  and  before  it 
the  table  with  the  bowls  of  offerings,  while  the  papers 
of  the  lodge's  incorporation  hang  on  the  wall. 

On  the  top  floor  of  another  building  is  a  Chinese  tea 
garden,  whose  recessed  balconies  are  lighted  by  huge 
globular  lanterns.  Here  fine  banquets  are  often  served, 
for  which  live  fish  in  tanks  are  shipped  from  China. 

Other  narrow  streets,  where  we  should  be  lost  without 
our  guide,  bring  us  to  a  little  narrow  hall  filled  with 
smoke,  and  a  door  admits  to  an  opium  den.  There,  at 
each  side  of  the  narrow  aisle,  cots  of  matting  are  set  on 
which  the  Chinese  lie,  feet  to  the  passage,  in  their  black 
silky  jackets,  smoking  the  opium  pipes.  The  pipes,  as 
was  said,  are  much  like  a  flute  with  a  porous  porcelain 
cup  near  one  end.  At  the  smoker  ^s  side  is  a  tray  with 
a  little  glass  spirit  lamp  of  red  alcohol,  burning  away 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


21 


beneath  a  bell- jar.  They  take  a  bit  of  the  opium  at  the 
end  of  a  long  needle,  heat  it  over  the  flame  until  it 
boils,  then  set  it  in  the  bowl  of  the  pipe  and  smoke  away 
to  oblivion.  There  are  perhaps  a  dozen  of  these  smok- 
ers here. 

Continuing  our  progress  through  the  streets,  we 
find  stores  that  sell  all  kinds  of  pretty  Chinese  trin- 
kets. There  are  card  cases  of  leather,  back  scratchers 
of  bone,  tea  packed  in  artistically  designed  cans,  and 
candied  ginger,  all  offered  at  such  low  prices  that  we 
find  them  irresistible. 


RAISING  OSTRICHES  IN  CALIFORNIA 

It  is  a  good  rule  of  travel,  if  one  would  thoroughly 

enjoy  one's  trip,  to 
vary  it  as  much  as 
possible;  and  so, 
while  we  have  by 
no  means  seen  all 
that  we  intend  see- 
ing in  Los  Angeles, 
our  next  expedi- 
tion will  be  into 
the  suburban  town 
of  South  Pasadena 
(Pas-a-dee-nah)  in 
order  to  vdsit  the 
world-famous 
Ostrich  Farm. 

On  our  way,  in 
the    electric    cars, 

FEEDING  THE  OSTRICH  ^^^     Wlil      DC      DUSy 


22  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

noting  the  street-life  of  Los  Angeles.  In  the  grocers^ 
shops,  for  instance,  we  see  the  artichokes,  large  as  we 
have  seen  them  only  in  France.  Then,  we  remark  the 
numerous  lady  barbers  about  the  city.  We  will  catch 
a  glimpse  of  the  ^Toodle  Dog''  restaurant,  which, 
however,  is  only  a  cheap  imitation  of  the  famous  rest- 
aurant' of  the  same  name  found  in  San  Francisco,  and 
then  follow  the  dry  bed  of  the  Los  Angeles  River, 
which  in  winter  is  sometimes  a  raging  torrent.  A 
large  biscuit  factory,  and  another  large  plant  for 
making  concentrated  fruit  syrups,  interest  us;  and 
then  we  are  on  the  famous  Mission  Road,  the  boulevard, 
as  it  were,  of  Pasadena. 

Pretty  homes,  with  poinsettias,  callas,  geraniums  and 
nasturtiums,  to  say  nothing  of  palms,  finer  grounds 
with  tall  palm  trees  both  on  the  lawns  and  along  the 
curbs,  and  the  fine  buildings  of  Occidental  College,  bor- 
der the  way  to  Pasadena.  To  all  intents  and  purposes 
we  can  not  tell  where  Los  Angeles  ends,  and  the  new 
settlement  begins,  but  the  latter  is  in  reality  a  separate 
town.  Pretty  country  hills  and  valleys  lead  off  until 
finally  we  come  into  another  settlement  and  the  cot 
tages  of  Pasadena  are  about  us.  Far  in  the  distance 
San  Antonio,  the  great  peak  of  the  Los  Angeles  sec- 
tion of  California,  rises  into  view. 

Immediately  we  find  ourselves  at  the  entrance  to  the 
Ostrich  Farm,  which  is  in  itself  attractive.  There  are 
flower-beds  about  the  door-way  by  which  one  enters 
the  farm,  which,  in  addition  to  being  put  to  the  prac- 
tical use  of  raising  the  birds  for  their  feathers,  is  also  a 
recognized  show  place.  The  birds  for  the  farm  were 
originally  purchased  by  the  owner  at  Capetown,  and 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


23 


shipped  over  in  a  chartered  vessel.  Just  before  the 
ship  was  to  sail,  however,  the  city  fathers  passed  a  law 
forbidding  the  export  of  ostriches,  and  so  the  master 
had  to  shp  out  in  the  very  nick  of  time,  for  today  to  ex- 
port a  single  ostrich  from  South  Africa  requires  the 
payment  of  an  export  duty  of  five  hundred  dollars.     Of 


OSTRICH   SWALLOWING   ORANGES,    SOUTH   PASADENA 


the  thirt}^  birds  so  imported  all  but  six  have  died,  but 
from  those  six  the  flock  has  grown. 

If  we  were  especially  interested  in  ostrich  breeding 
we  would  make  a  flying  trip  out  into  the  Lahabra  (Lah- 
hah-brah)  Valley,  where  the  real  breeding  place  lies, 
and  where  today  there  are  several  hundred  ostriches, 
browsing  on  a  hundred  and  twenty  acre  tract  of  alfalfa. 


24  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

Out  there  they  have  about  a  hundred  and  forty  chicks ' 
a  year,  breeding-time  occurring  in  the  spring. 

Usually  there  are  fourteen  eggs  in  the  nest  of  the  os- 
trich, each  of  these  eggs  weighing  about  three  pounds. 
The  eggs  take  about  forty  days  to  hatch,  and  when  laid 
(as  they  should  be)  in  the  spring  time,  about  two-thirds 
will  yield  birds.  The  nest  itself  is  a  mere  hollow  on  the 
ground  into  which  the  eggs  are  set.  The  mother  bird, 
being  grey  in  color,  sits  upon  this  nest  in  the  day  time, 
the  male,  being  black,  sits  on  it  at  night ;  their  respective 
colors  thus  affording  the  birds  protection. 

If  we  are  fortunate  we  may  feast  on  ostrich  eggs  some 
time  at  Pasadena,  where  the  big  hotels  make  a  feature 
now  and  then  of  an  ostrich  omelet  for  their  guests. 

The  little  ostriches,  which  are  frequently  put  into  in- 
cubators on  hatching,  are  the  cutest  things  one  can 
imagine.  At  the  outset  their  feathers  are  brown,  and 
stick  out  much  as  do  the  spines  on  a  porcupine.  Until 
about  six  months  of  age,  birds  of  both  sexes  look  alike ; 
after  that  the  plumage  of  male  becomes  darker.  Great 
care  must  be  taken  v/ith  these  baby  birds.  The  temper- 
ature in  the  incubator  is  usually  kept  at  103  degrees, 
or  about  the  degree  of  heat  of  their  native  land,  and 
it  is  known  that  a  fall  of  the  temperature  to  sixty  de- 
grees will  harm  the  birds  if  they  are  in  draught,  though 
in  the  sun  they  can  stand  even  colder  climates. 

At  two  years  of  age  the  birds  attain  their  full  height, 
at  four  they  are  mature.  At  six  months  some  of  them 
stand  six  feet  high,  and  it  is  estimated  that  they  grow 
twelve  inches  a  month  for  each  of  the  first  six  months  of 
their  lives. 

When  the  birds  are  eight  months  old  the  first  f  eatheri? 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  25 

are  plucked.  After  that  every  ninth  month  witnesses 
a  plucking.  These  first  feathers,  however,  are  inferior 
ones,  twenty  to  twenty-two  inches  long,  being  cut  real- 
ly in  order  to  make  way  for  the  better  crop  to  come. 
When  the  plucking,  which  is  really  simply  cutting  the 
feathers  with  shears,  is  to  be  done,  a  stocking  is  drawn 
over  the  head  of  the  ostrich,  when  the  silly  bird,  no 
longer  seeing  danger,  imagines  the  foe  to  be  gone.  Care, 
however,  must  be  taken  not  to  get  in  the  way  of  the 
powerful  leg  of  the  ostrich,  which  can  strike  a  man  to 
death  in  an  instant. 

When  the  ostrich  is  fully  matured,  twenty  to  twenty- 
four  plumes  will  be  taken  from  each  wing,  and  from  forty 
to  fifty  heavy  feathers  extracted  from  the  tail.  Feathers 
and  plumes  are  sorted  and  divided  into  some  hundred 
and  forty  grades,  though  only  about  twelve  of  the  com- 
moner of  these  are  known  to  the  la^Tnan.  Ostrich  feath- 
ers, curiously  enough,  are  sold  out  here  by  the  pound, 
bringing  from  four  to  a  hundred  and  twenty-five  dollars 
a  pound.  Feathers  bringing  a  hundred  and  twenty-five 
dollars  the  pound  will  probably  sell  at  two  dollars  a 
plume.  Plumes,  it  is  not  always  remembered,  do  not 
grow  as  we  usually  see  them,  but  consist  of  three  feath- 
ers, laid  one  on  the  other,  the  ^ Squill' ^  part  of  the  upper 
two  being  scraped  very  thin,  so  that  it  may  be  sewn 
onto  the  stem  of  the  lowest  feather.  Then  the  end  or 
tip  is  curled,  and  the  plume  is  ready  for  dyeing  or  for 
use  in  its  natural  color. 

The  ostriches  we  note,  as  we  walk  among  the  runs, 
are  all  put  out  in  pairs.  When  3^oung,  the  little  birds 
are  allowed  to  run  together  indiscriminately.  They 
then  pair  off,  each  selecting  its  mate,  and  these  couples 


26 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


remain  constant  to  each  other  for  hfe.  That  there  is 
money  in  ostrich  raising  may  be  reahzed  from  the  fact 
that  adult  birds  have  been  known  to  pay  annually  an 
equivalent  of  ten  per  cent  interest  on  eight  thousand 
dollars.  Average  birds,  however,  may  not  yield  more 
than  thirty  dollars  a  year  in  feathers,  for  the  plumes 
are  so  light  that  all  the  feathers  off  one  bird  will  not 
weigh  more  than  a  few  ounces.  Birds  themselves  are 
seldom  sold,  but  when  they  are,  each  bird  will  bring 
three  hundred  dollars  or  more. 

From  the  yards,  if  we  are  privileged  visitors,  we 
will  step  into  the  building  where  plumes  and  other 
feather  articles  are  prepared.  Feathers  are  brought  in 
off  the  birds  in  bundles,  looking  much  like  stacks  of 
close-grained,  dirty  peacock  feathers.    They  are  washed 


A  PASADENA   HOME 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  27 

in  ordinar}^  water  by  a  peculiar  process  and  then 
some  of  them  are  dyed.  In  order  to  make  the  plumes, 
then,  the  quills  are  cut  off  on  the  front  and  back  by 
scraping  down,  as  we  have  said,  with  a  piece  of  glass,  un- 
til very  thin,  when  one  feather  is  laid  on  the  next,  and 
three  together  go  to  form  the  quill.  After  this  they 
are  curled.  Feathers,  in  fact,  can  be  prepared  to  put 
oh  a  hat  in  three  hours  from  the  time  they  were  taken 
from  the  bird,  but  this  is  seldom  done.  Boas,  too,  are 
manufactured  here,  the  feathers  being  treated  as  are 
the  plumes,  but  they  are  of  a  heavier  sort,  and  then  cut 
and  steamed  in  order  to  make  them  pUable  for  curUng. 
From  the  factorv'  we  will  again  return  to  the  ostrich 
runs,  for  a  crowd  of  \isitors  has  gathered  now  and  an 
attendant  is  feeding  oranges  to  the  birds.  Tourists 
never  tire  of  watching  the  ostriches  snap  at  and  catch 
the  golden  balls,  and  these  then  gradually  making  their 
way  down  the  long  snake-like  neck. 

BEAUTIFUL  PASADENA 

From  the  ostrich  farm  we  continue  by  car  on  to 
Pasadena,  ''the  Cro-wn  of  the  Valley, '^  a  place  of  subur- 
ban homes  and  palms,  of  elegant  tourist  hotels,  adapted 
to  the  balmy  wdnter  season  which  attracts  wealthy  tour- 
ists from  all  parts  of  the  world  to  come  and  spend 
their  winters  under  the  influence  of  its  charming 
allurements. 

Usually  the  tourist  does  not  include  hotels  in  his 
sight-seeing,  feeling  that  he  gets  enough  of  these  with- 
out, but  in  CaUfomia  we  should  be  very  unwdse  did  we 
not  make  a  complete  tour  of  all  these  leading  hotels, 
so  magnificent  and  so  unique,  in  many  cases,  are  their 


28 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


fittings.  Here  at  Pasadena,  for  instance,  one  hotel,  a 
large  Moorish  structure,  rises  in  private  parks  of  palms, 
pepper-trees,  pines  and  cypresses,  with  gardens  of 
roses,  geraniums  and  carnations. 

The  hotel  itself  contains  five  hundred  and  fifty 
sleeping  rooms,  and  is  able  to  accommodate  eight 
hundred  guests.  Often  in  the  California  ^ ^season, '^ 
which  lasts  from  November  23rd  to  about  the  10th  of 
May,  a  hotel  like  this  will  be  crowded  to  the  utmost. 

If  we  had  begun  our  little  journey  somewhat  earlier 
in  the  winter,  and  could  have  been  at  Pasadena  for 
New  Year's  day,  we  should  have  witnessed  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  spectacles  the  country  affords,  i.  e.,  the 
famous  Pasadena  rose  tournament. 


THE  BRIDGE  AT  PASADENA 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  29 

THE   ROSE  TOURNAMENT 

When  almost  all  the  rest  of  the  United  States  is 
wrapped  deep  in  snows,  and  the  flowers  are  beautiful 
only  in  conserv^atories  and  perhaps  in  the  homes  of 
flower-lovers,  then  out  here  in  the  Golden  State  they 
make  merry  with  roses,  the  very  queens  of  the  floral 
world.  This  tournament  at  Pasadena  is  distinctly  a 
civic  affair.  There  is  a  local  Tournament  Association 
to  which  any  one  can  belong  on  paying  a  nominal  fee, 
and  its  some  two  hundred  and  fifty  members  are  the 
leading  business  men  of  Pasadena.  These  take  in  charge 
the  tournament,  and  whether  the  price  of  flowers  be 
high  or  low  it  is  held  each  year.  The  revenue  comes 
largely  by  the  sale  of  tickets  to  the  tourneys  after  the 
parades,  but  the  parades  are  the  great  center  of 
interest. 

Any  form  of  vehicle,  from  a  California  stage  coach 
to  an  autoniobile,  can  enter,  providing  only  that  it  be 
decorated  with  flowers.  Houses,  too,  along  the  line  of 
march  are  decorated  with  roses,  until  Pasadena  is  one 
wealth  of  flowers.  As  one  writer  put  it,  ^ There  is  the 
red  of  maidens '  cheeks  and  of  roses,  there  is  the  white 
of  fair  brows  and  of  dimpled  arms  and  roses,  there  is 
the  deep  blue  sky,  to  complete  the  national  colors. 
Then,  at  that  time  of  year,  the  days  have  a  peculiar  de- 
lightful freshness,  and  the  mountains  are  curtained  in 
velvet  for  back-ground,  on  which  the  yellow  sun-light 
plays  upon  waving  banners  and  flower}^  equipages, 
and  on  lawns  dotted  with  flags  and  flowers.  Sweet 
showers  may  have  cleared  the  air  just  before,  and  there 
will  be  an  ocean  breeze,  scented  with  blossom  perfumes 


30  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

from  the  valley  of  San  Gabriel,  to  add  beauty  to  the 
whole. 

'The  tournament  opens  with  trumpet  blast  sending 
a  thrill  of  joy  into  the  heart  of  every  spectator.  Then 
there  files  out  the  procession,  slowly  so  that  all  can  see, 
while  bannerets  of  red  and  white  are  flown  from  win- 
dows crowded  with  people.  Each  entry  has  its  own 
particular  admirers,  so  that  there  is  continued  applause 
along  the  line  of  march.'' 

Especially  among  the  wagons  decorated  by  the  dif- 
ferent public  schools  is  there  no  end  of  friendly  rivalry. 
Hotels  and  associations,  too,  compete,  so  that  there  will 
be  any  number  of  effects.  There  will  be  a  pink  and 
white  flower  garden  on  a  wagon,  enshrined  in  flowers, 
an  old  stage-coach  of  the  forties,  an  Indian  tepee  of 
leaves,  huge  baskets  of  buds,  living  violet  and  lily  beds, 
with  sweet  young  school  girls  dressed  in  white  in  their 
midst ;  in  short,  there  wiU  be  any  and  every  manner  of 
floral  decoration,  but  in  them  all,  roses  predominate. 
So  it  is  rightly  called  the  tournament  of  roses.  Even  at 
the  time  of  year  when  we  are  here,  well  on  towards  the 
end  of  January,  we  shall  still  hear  them  telling  of  just 
which  school  took  the  prize,  and  why,  and  of  who  was 
the  queen  of  the  roses,  and  perhaps  see  pictures  of  this 
float  and  that  in  the  windows. 

THE  MANSIONS  OF  PASADENA 

We  shall  now  wish  to  see  the  homes  of  the  well-to-do, 
whose  riches  have  made  all  this  possible. 

We  will  hire  a  carriage  for  the  afternoon,  that  being 
the  best  available  means.  We  will  make  our  way  then 
at  once  to  the  Orange  Grove  Avenue  district,  for  which 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


31 


the  city  is  famous.  Almost  at  once  we  are  out  of  the 
^^city/'  by  which  term  the  commercial  and  business  part 
is  usually  understood,  and  in  residential  Pasadena, 
the  beautiful.  Here,  too,  the  streets  are  fringed  with 
pepper-trees,  and  lined  along  the  curbs  with  palms, 
and  behind  the  walks  there  are  quite  generally  pretty 
box-hedges. 

The  names  of  the  people  residing  here  are  called  off 
by  rote  by  our  driver.  There  is  the  large  handsome 
home  of  ]\Ierritt,  the  millionaire.  Next  to  it  is  that  of 
the  Woodburys,  a  dehghtful  old  white  frame  house. 
A  bit  farther  on  lives  Sprague,  of  Sprague  and  Warner, 
the  Chicago  wholesale  merchants.  This  house  is  built 
in  old  Enghsh  style,  and  has  green  lawns  rising  in  ter- 


BtJSCfi  RESIDENCE  PASADENA 


32  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

races  around  it.  A  noted  Los  Angeles  banker,  has 
likewise  a  beautiful  home,  recognized  from  the  avenue 
by  its  yellow  turrets ;  and  so  it  goes  on  and  on  and  on, 
seemingly  without  end. 

The  variety  of  styles  to  be  seen  in  these  places  is  aU 
most  incredible.  It  reminds  those  of  us  who  made  the 
Little  Journey  to  New  England  of  Magnolia  or  New- 
port, and  those  who  are  to  make  The  Little  Journey 
to  the  Middle  States,  of  the  fine  homes  we  shall  see  at 
Elberon  and  along  the  Jersey  coast.  Some  are  heavy 
in  style,  others  are  simpler,  but  practically  all  are  of 
frame  construction.  We  remark  one  house  which 
has  a  curious  indented  center,  this  indenture  serv- 
ing to  form  a  great  porch,  supported  by  four  yellow 
pillars  at  each  side,  these  being  joined  at  the  top  by 
heavy  beams  of  wood.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  pretty 
homes  of  the  packer,  Cudahy,  and  of  Warner,  of  Sprague 
and  Warner,  an  attractive  kindergarten  building 
claims  our  attention. 

But  now  young  pepper-trees  and  palms  and  box- 
hedges  begin  to  hide  the  places  from  the  road.  Many 
of  the  houses  are  rambling,  and  there  are  dark  cozy 
cottages  completely  covered  over  with  ivy.  On  the 
heights  we  see  a  mansion,  built  much  in  the  style  of  an 
English  castle ;  but  sheltering,  instead  of  an  Eifglish 
nobleman,  one  of  the  Standard  Oil  barons. 

As  we  pass  outside  the  limits  of  Pasadena  we  are 
shown  the  magnificent  estate  of  Sam  EUerton,  the  cat- 
tle king  of  Chicago,  also  the  simple  little  frame  home  of 
Mrs.  Garfield;  and,  across  the  street  from  it,  the  home 
of  Mrs.  Childs,  wife  of  the  famous  editor  of  the  Phila- 
delphia "Public  Ledger." 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  33 

One  of  the  most  famous  places  of  Pasadena  is  the 
home  of  Mr.  Adolph  Busch  of  St.  Louis,  of  Anheuser- 
Busch  fame,  and  especially  his  ^ ^sunken  garden." 
Orange  Grove  Avenue,  where  it  is  located,  is  the  show 
avenue  of  Pasadena's  residences.  It  '^'backs''  upon 
the  Arroyo  Seco  (Dry  River),  a  deep  and  wide  ravine 
through  which  the  winter's  rains  occasionally  pour 
in  a  raging  stream.  On  the  near  slope  of  the  Arroyo 
Mr.  Busch  has  made  his  sunken  garden,  a  deep  basin- 
like lawn,  surrounded  by  walks,  shaded  with  every 
variety  of  shrub  and  tree,  and  made  gorgeous  with 
millions  of  ever-blooming  flowers.  Here,  too,  are 
strange  cactuses,  seldom  seen  away  from  the  deserts, 
but  which  in  their  flowering  season,  are  covered  with 
rich  pink,  purple,  creamy  and  other  blossoms  that  give 
out  most  delicate  and  delicious  odors.  A  small  army 
of  men  is  required  to  keep  this  garden  in  condition. 

We  next  take  a  peep  at  the  home  of  ^^Bob"  Bur- 
dette,  whose  accounts  of  the  trials  of  a  boy,  told  from 
the  lecture  platform,  have  so  often  delighted  us,  and 
then  at  the  former  home  of  Professor  T.  S.  C.  Lowe 
the  inventor,  and  builder  of  the  Mount  Lowe  Railway. 
After  that  we  are  driven  out  along  the  Arroyo  (Ah-roy'- 
yo)  Terrace,  where  we  can  overlook  the  vast  valley, 
the  former  bed  of  a  river  wide  and  lovel3\  Beyond  we 
can  discern  the  observatory  on  Mt.  Lowe,  and  on  Mt. 
Wilson,  still  higher,  another  observatory  is  visible. 
Then,  skirting  the  grounds  of  another  millionaire's 
estate,  we  see  the  ivied  cottage  which  Helen  Hunt 
Jackson,  author  of  ''Ramona"  often  visited. 

We  now  return  to  Los  Angeles  in  order  to  get  well 
rested  for  our  trip  on  the  morrow. 


34 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


THE  LARGEST  PIGEON-FARM  IN  THE  WORLD 

For  our  next  morning  in  the  ^'City  of  the  Angels"  we 
have  planned  a  visit  to  the  largest  pigeon  farm  in  the 
world.  To  get  there  we  take  the  Garvanza  (Gar- 
vahn'zah)  car  line,  which  gives  us  an  opportunity  of 
seeing  the  rather  pretty  Elysian  Park,  its  slope  covered 


MAMMOTH  PIGEON  RANCH 


with  beautiful  flowers,  and  of  crossing  the  Los  Angeles 
River,  now  a  dry  water  course  making  its  way  among 
high  hills. 

The  pigeon  farm  we  find  to  be  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  sights  we  have  ever  met  with  on  our  travels. 
The  cotes  are  built  at  the  foot  of  a  lofty  scrub-covered 
hill.    These  are  really  a  series  of  wooden  tables,  three  in 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  35 

a  set,  on  each  of  which  six  tiers  of  cotes  are  placed.  In 
these  tiers  there  are  seven  pairs  of  holes  apiece  for  the 
birds,  fourteen  therefore  for  a  tier,  eighty-four  to  each 
of  two  sides  of  a  table,  one  hundred  and  sixty-eight  on 
both  sides,  and  five  hundred  and  four  to  each  tri-table 
arrangement.  Across  the  top,  running  in  the  opposite 
direction,  are  three  other  tiers,  six  pairs  of  holes  each  in 
the  lower  roof  and  four  pairs  on  the  others  swelUng  the 
total  to  five  hundred  and  sixty-eight  in  all  for  every 
three-table  arrangement. 

In  and  out  and  round  about  these  are  the  birds. 
Most  numerous  are  the  pure  white  pigeons,  with  pink 
bills  and  pinker  feet,  and  black  glossy  eyes  surrounded 
by  a  yellow  circle.  Other  birds  have  the  head  of  black, 
with  iridescent  feathers  that  change  from  black  to  pur- 
ple and  then  turn  from  purple  to  black  again.  Still 
others  have  a  white  head  with  a  black  spot  at  the  eyes 
and  a  splash  of  black  on  the  breast,  others  again 
are  a  medley  of  white  and  black. 

From  this  multitude  of  birds  there  proceeds  a  per- 
petual cooing,  like  the  whirl  of  a  mill. 

One  likes  to  linger  and  watch  them,  as  they  eye  the 
stranger.  Then  of  a  sudden  some  one  bird  takes 
fright  and  his  warning  note  causes  them  all  to  rise  and 
be  off  like  snow-flakes  in  a  storm,  snow-flakes  falling 
upward  instead  of  down. 

There  are  perhaps  sixty  thousand  pigeons  here,  and 
most  of  them  have  paired  off  for  hfe.  Some  of  the 
birds  lay  all  the  year  round  except  in  the  fall,  when  they 
*'lay  off,'^  as  do  chickens,  for  the  moulting.  There 
are  two  eggs  to  the  nest  and  these  take  about  eighteen 
days  to  hatch.    It  is  interesting  to  make  a  comparison 


36  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

with  the  ostrich  egg  we  saw  at  East  Pasadena.  The 
adult  pigeons  feed  their  httle  ones  as  long  as  they  are 
permitted  to  do  so.  But  the  squabs  are  taken  when 
about  three  weeks  old,  and  killed  for  the  market,  the 
little  birds  at  that  age  bringing  from  two  to  three  dol- 
lars a  dozen. 

It  requires  about  sixty  bushels  of  grain  a  day  to  sup- 
ply the  wants  of  the  pigeon  farm,  or,  as  they  call  it 
here,  the  pigeon  ranch. 

OIL  CITY  IN   MINIATURE 

From  the  pigeon  farm,  the  largest  today  in  the  coun- 
try, we  go  by  street  car  citj^ward  once  again  in  order  to 
visit  the  miniature  Oil  City.  This  is  a  district  almost 
in  the  heart  of  Los  Angeles,  where  oil  was  struck,  a 
boom  occurred  and  people  built,  or  permitted  to  be 
built  on  royalties,  derricks  in  their  front  grounds  and 
back-yards  and  in  fact  in  every  possible  place. 

This  was  about  twenty-four  years  ago,  and  while  oil 
was  found,  it  was  not  in  such  quantities  as  to  prove  the 
expected  bonanza.  Now  the  wells  produce  just  about 
enough  oil  to  pay  for  pumping,  but  they  give  to  the 
city  its  suburb  of  derricks,  a  thing  unique  in  the  West. 

SEASIDE   RESORTS   ON   THE   PACIFIC 

Tiring  of  city  and  city  life,  we  will  now  take  our  first 
view  of  the  Pacific  and  also  of  the  delights  of  the  sum- 
mer cities  on  its  shores.  The  oldest  of  these  is  Santa 
Monica  (San-tah  Mon-e-ka),  where  is  located  the 
'longest  wharf  in  the  world.'^ 

To  get  there  we  take  one  of  the  traction  cars  entering 
Los  Angeles.     The  ride,  for  the  most  part  through 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  37 


AT  SANTA  MONICA 

rolling  countr}^,  shows  the  productive  nature  of  the 
soil.  There  are  a  number  of  small  farms,  but  many 
large  areas  are  planted  to  strawberries,  blackberries, 
tomatoes,  etc.  Los  Angeles  is  a  large  city  and  needs 
many  fruits  and  vegetables  to  supply  her  tables. 

A  number  of  little  cottages,  summer  or  rather  winter 
homes,  border  the  road  by  which  we  enter  the  city, 
and  then  beyond  we  see  the  great  ocean,  the  largest 
in  the  world.  We  cannot  pass  it  by  without  giving 
it  a  glance,  though  we  have  opportunity  for  but  a 
fleeting  one. 

THE  FIRST  VIEW  OF  THE  PACIFIC 

Our  first  impression  is  of  its  beauty.  Possibly  be- 
cause it  is  so  much  more  pacific  than  that  other  ocean, 
the  Atlantic ;  the  water  seems  bluer  than  we  remember 
ever  to  have  seen  the  Atlantic.  The  white  ripples  are  all 


38  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

gentle  and  playful.  There  are  benches  under  a  row  of 
trees  some  little  distance  back  from  the  shore,  and  here 
we  sit  to  meditate  and  listen  to  the  breakers. 

We  think  of  the  lands  far  across,  China,  Japan  and 
the  rest  of  the  Orient.  To  sail  west  to  reach  the  east 
— that  longing  now  fills  our  souls. 

As  we  have  come  in  the  morning  and  as  the  afternoon 
is  the  time  for  the  crowds  at  Santa  Monica,  we  do  not  find 
the  place  as  lively  as  the  New  Jersey  resorts,  and  we  can 
make  a  tour  of  it  at  our  ease.  There  is  a  palm  drive, 
which  we  follow  to  the  innumerable  bathing  establish- 
ments. The  sand,  however,  is  irresistible,  aiid  pretty 
soon  we  are  walking  up  the  beach,  ankle  deep  in  it. 
Here  and  there  a  flat  blue  pebble  or  stone  lies  on  the 
sand;  shells  are  not  numerous. 

Landward  we  can  see  the  great  hotels  and  the  cot- 
tages, the  streets  sloping  up  to  the  two  or  three 
main  avenues  which  run  parallel  with  the  ocean. 
Practically  everywhere  there  are  pretty,  simple  cot- 
tages, so  that  the  whole  seems  very  much  like  a  replica 
of  Asbury.  We  find  even  the  waffle-houses  and  the 
tin-type  booths  and  the  board-walk  along  the  cheaper 
hotels.  On  the  ocean  there  are  more  wild  ducks,  and  on 
the  beach  we  find  a  little  seaweed  with  small  air  balls 
to  explode,  such  as  we  found  along  the  Atlantic  on  our 
New  England  Little  Journey.  Boys  are  bathing  in 
numbers  now,  girls  stroll  about  the  beach  in  sunbon- 
nets,  grown-ups  are  preparing  for  their  dip. 

There  is  a  large  bath-house  built  out  on  a  pier,  hav- 
ing a  hundred  and  twenty-nine  rooms  on  each  side  of 
the  pier.  One  side  is  for  men  and  the  other  for  women, 
and  we  resolve  to  indulge  in  a  swim  ourselves.     As 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  39 

high-tide  extends  from  1:35  to  7:29  P.  M.,  we 
shall  have  to  wait  in  order  to  bathe  at  the  best 
time,  and  so  we  join  another  coterie  who  are  fishing  from 
the  end  of  the  pier.  Later  we  sit  for  a  while  on  the 
sand,  beneath  one  of  the  Japanese  umbrellas  which  are 
such  features  of  this  beach,  and  then  go  for  a  stroll 
beside  the  water. 

OCEAN  PARK  A  SECOND  ASBURY 

By  and  by  we  are  beyond  the  hmits  of  Santa  Monica 
and  in  Ocean  Park,  practically  a  suburb  of  the  first, 
but  reminding  us  even  more  by  its  cottages  of  Asbury. 
Here  is  a  toboggan  slide  out  into  the  sea,  which  we  shall 
want  to  try,  and  then  the  souvenir  stands  and  the 
fruit  booths,  the  soft-drink  venders  and  the  like,  not 
to  mention  the  Casino,  will  all  exert  their  fascinations 
upon  us. 

THE  SHELL  INDUSTRY  OF  THE  PACIFIC 

There  is  one  booth  in  particular  in  which  we 
want  to  linger ;  it  is  that  in  which  shells  are  sold.  With 
us  in  the  Middle  West  and  East  the  shell  is  perhaps 
used  as  an  ash-receiver  or  to  stand  before  the  grate  and 
for  httle  else,  but  out  west  there  are  many  persons  who 
pride  themselves  on  collections  of  shells.  Not  only 
that,  but  the  makers  of  the  little  shell  jewel  cases  and 
the  like  must  all  be  supplied.  So  there  are  men  and 
women  who  go  out  to  gather  shells — ^the  men  princi- 
pally Japs  and  Chinese. 

The  abalone  (a-ba-lo'ny)  of  course  is  coveted  more 
than  any  other.  This  we  ourselves  shall  find  in  pro- 
fusion near  Monterey.     The  abalone  is  the  large  half- 


40  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

shell  with  the  brilliantly  iridescent  interior  that  is  so 
often  seen  in  homes  and  bazaars ;  it  is  to  be  found 
on  the  west  coast  of  California  wherever  there  are 
rocks,  as  it  is  attached  to  the  lower  side  of  the 
boulders.  Since  the  abalones  have  been  getting  scarcer 
the  government  has  protected  them,  and  one  may  take 
only  those  over  fifteen  inches  in  circumference  in  the 
green,  blue  and  red  shells,  and  those  from  six  to  seven 
and  three-quarters  in  the  black. 

Not  alone  for  the  shell,  but  for  the  meat  itself  do  the 
fishermen  search  for  the  abalone.  This  mussel  is 
much  like  a  clam,  but  for  shipment  is  usually  dried  and 
then  resembles  nothing  so  much  as  a  bunch  of  dry, 
thick  cloth,  or  a  dry  sponge  minus  the  usual  holes. 
Housed  inside  its  one  shell,  this  mussel  has  a  powerful 
suction,  like  a  fly's  foot,  which  holds  the  shell  to  the 
rocks,  so  that  it  can  be  pried  off  only  with  a  crowbar. 
Usually,  therefore,  the  abalones  are  taken  at  low  tide 
when  the  men  can  get  under  the  rocks  and  pry  them  off. 
At  other  times  three  or  four  fishermen  go  out  in  a  boat 
and  dive  sometimes  eighty  feet  deep  to  get  them. 

The  meaty  part  being  scooped  out,  for  sun  drying^ 
or  else  for  the  cannery  at  San  Pedro  (which  puts  them 
up  for  Chinese  export),  the  shells  are  sold  to  curio  deal« 
ers,  at  twenty  to  a  hundred  dollars  a  ton.  The  finest 
variety  is  the  blue,  then  the  green  and  the  black,  the 
latter  noted  for  its  pearl.  All  manner  of  novelties  are 
ground  from  abalone  by  means  of  carborundum-wheels 
and  sharp  pieces  of  metal.  The  ^'finishing"  of  an  aver- 
age shell  takes  perhaps  twenty  minutes  and  it  will  sell 
for  fifty  cents. 

There  are  innumerable  other  rare  shells  to  be  had  ij^ 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  41 

this  shop;  the  circummula  carpentonno  (sir-kum-miill- 
lah  kar-pen-tun-no),  the  rarest  shell  of  the  Pacific,  a  Ut- 
tle  thing  three  inches  in  length,  a  specimen  of  which 
will  bring  sixty  dollars;  the  plum-shaped  roseate 
bracopodus  (brack-o-po-dus)  that  is  equipped  with 
a  regular  stem,  and  many  others. 

From  the  shell  store  we  make  our  way  to  a  res- 
taurant near  the  surf,  where  sea-bass  is  served,  to  in- 
dulge in  an  ocean  luncheon.  After  our  swim,  in  the 
afternoon,  the  spell  of  the  sea  upon  us,  we  loiter  in  the 
sand,  sauntering  hither  and  thither,  up  to  the  bounds 
of  the  new  amusement  resort,  Venice,  enjo^ying  our 
hoUday  thoroughly. 

In  the  evening  we  sup  at  one  of  the  fine  hotels  of 
Los  Angeles  to  get  a  taste  of  their  fare  and  their  service. 
There  are  oysters,  as  is  usual  out  here  in  the  West,, 
then  consomme  with  crackers,  broiled  fish  and  potatoes 
and  olives,  with  which  a  California  sparkUng  wine  is 
serv^ed.  After  that  we  have  duck,  with  egg  plant 
and  asparagus,  a  wine  jelly  ser\^ed  in  regulation  wine- 
glasses, and  assorted  cakes  and  coffee. 

BY  BURRO  UP  MT.  WILSON 

That  there  is  no  lack  of  variety  in  Cahfomia  sight- 
seeing this  week's  itinerary  will  assure  us.  From  the 
sea  level  at  Santa  Monica,  we  are  destined  to  chmb 
to  the  mountain  peaks  in  our  ascent  of  Mt.  Wilson, 
stay  over  night  among  the  clouds,  and  on  our  next  re- 
turn to  the  level  of  Old  Ocean  make  what  is  practically 
a  submarine  outing  to  look  at  the  sea-bottom. 

An  excursion  up  Mt.  Wilson  such  as  we  plan  is  a 
trip  not  generally  made  by  the  tourist,  who  prefers  the 


42 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


^  comfort  of  Mt.  Lowe  to  the  greater  beauties  of  Wilson. 
We  repair  by  street  car  once  again  to  Pasadena.  As 
we  have  made  this  trip  before,  we  purchase  from  one 
of  the  news-dealers  the  papers  of  our  home  city. 
These  news-dealers '  carts  with  the  leading  dailies  from 


CORRAL  OF  MULES  FOR  ASCENT  OF  MT.  WILSON 

all  over  the  country  are  a  feature  of  street  life  in  the 
California  cities.  As  the  ride  out  toward  Sierra  Madre 
is  not  particularly  attractive,  we  can  read  our  papers 
with  a  clear  conscience. 

Arrived  at  the  end  of  the  line,  we  mount  the  burros 
to  climb  Mt.  Wilson.  Grown-up  people  ride  on  the 
little  beasts,  unless  very  heavy,  when  they  are 
required  to  hire  a  mule.  As  the  mule  knows  the  way 
and  there  is  but  one  trail,  we  shall  not  need  to  bother 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


43 


with  guides.  Very  likely  we  shall  meet  travelers 
going  afoot  up  the  mountain,  and  shall  keep  them 
company,  giving  them  the  use  of  our  animals  occa- 
sionally that  we  may  ^ ^stretch  our  legs''  by  walking. 
Those  of  us  who  made  the  Little  Journey  to  the  Balkans 


^  - 

«A^^-'^  , 

.":4>>i)(^^^^ 

-.1^ 

-'^ifc.       ^ 

^^mi  'k>i 

^  ,'^lnHi^^'^^*  *^^^Wb^^^^^^^ 

\f^^V^.  ^ 

'■ 

^^^^■^Mi'lflHiH 

^^ 

m 

l^ggl 

m 

P^ 

HOW  WE  ASCEND 

will  constantly  be  reminded  of  parts  of  that  trip  on 
this  ride. 

Unlike  the  Balkan  burros,  however,  these  donkeys  or 
burros  of  ours  want  to  loaf  all  the  way,  and  not  that 
alone,  but  to  nibble  the  green  leaves  of  the  shrubbery, 
and  we  are  forced  frequently  to  employ  a  Uttle 
whip.  Then  they  have  a  bad  habit  of  ambling  most 
carelessly  along  dizzy  ledges,  so  that  we  rather  prefer 
walking  to  risking  oui'selves  on  their  backs,  even  though 


44  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

we  are  assured,  from  what  the  stableman  told  us  before 
we  started,  that  we  are  perfectly  safe,  and  only  do  this 
^^to  scare  tenderfeet/' 

When  we  are  not  in  the  rather  stunted  pin-oak  for- 
ests or  treading  over  parterres  of  resurrection-vine, 
and  listening  to  bird-songs  and  the  babble  of  a  brook, 
we  are  enjoying  vistas  of  the  great  Pasadena  Valley, 
with  its  square,  olive-hued  orange  groves  and  its  fertile 
meadows  stretching  to  other  mountains. 

Now  and  then  too  we  meet  some  traveler  coming 
down  from  above,  who  jokes  with  us  about  the  ride. 
It  was  a  quarter  to  eleven  when  we  left  the  cars ;  it  will 
be  half -past  one  before  we  reach  Orchard  Camp,  a  little 
lunching-station  and  half-way  house  on  the  trail.  Here 
and  there  humor,  if  not  beauty,  is  added  to  the  trip  in 
the  guise  of  signs  painted  by  some  wag,  on  the  rocks 
just  at  the  most  difficult  places,  such  as  ^'Oh,  joy,^' 
and  "1  wish  I  were  an  angel.'' 

A  CAMP  IN  THE  SIERRA  MADRES 

This  half-way  house  is  most  convenient  as  a  resting 
place  for  those  to  whom  the  journey  is  wearisome. 
It  is  just  a  small,  unpainted  shingle  shack  consisting  of 
a  single  room;  outside  is  a  summer-house  and  there  are 
also  some  bottles.  The  camp  is  in  charge  of  a  young 
man  in  corduroy  trousers,  blue  shirt  and  heavy  sus- 
penders, who  stays  here  the  year  round,  though  often 
for  days  not  a  soul  goes  by. 

This  young  man,  like  so  many  others  out  here  in  the 
heart  of  the  Sierra  Madres,  is  a  trapper.  During  the 
colder  months  of  February  and  March,  when  at  this 
elevation  (3250  feet)  the  snow  hes  deep,  he  may  trap 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  45 

deer,  foxes  and  wildcat,  to  say  nothing  of  coons  and 
badgers — sometimes,  though  rarely,  even  a  mountain 
lion. 

In  the  summer  his  solitude  is  often  broken.  Moun- 
tain-lovers hire  tents  and  raise  them  all  about  his  soli- 
tary cabin,  or  come  here  for  supphes  when  camping  out 
in  the  mountains,  so  that  life  in  the  camp  is  varied 
enough  to  be  endurable.  We  certainly  enjoy  the  cof- 
fee and  sandwiches  and  the  wild  cherr}^  phosphate  that 
is  serv^ed  us,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  it  has  all  had  to 
be  carried  up  by  donkey. 

SIX  THOUSAND  FEET  ABOVE  THE  PACIFIC 

From  this  point,  the  trail  becomes  very  steep,  the  for- 
ests, of  an  oak  whose  leaves  resemble  holly,  are  very 
dense.  When  we  are  able  to  catch  an  occasional  bird's- 
eye  view,  it  is  over  vast  expanses. 

Instead  of  making  the  direct  ascent  of  one  peak,  as 
when  we  began  the  ascent  of  Mt.  Wilson  we  supposed 
we  should  do,  we  find  that  in  fact  we  zigzag  back  and 
forth,  in  and  out  of  canyons  that  separate  the  ridges,  tiU 
we  reach  that  final  mountain,  and  then  cUmb  on  and 
up  to  its  summit.  In  these  silent  forests,  where  only 
the  chirp  of  the  birds  breaks  the  silence,  we  occasion- 
ally come  upon  some  pack  train  of  six  mules,  the  lead- 
ing animal  bearing  a  bell,  and  are  reminded  of  the  road 
from  Rjeka  to  Banjaluka  of  ouTBalksm  Little  Journey ^ 
for  the  scene  is  almost  identical. 

When  we  come  out  on  a  camp  which  is  known  as 
Santa  Anita  Heights,  we  have  that  sense  of  being  at  an 
immense  height,  under  the  eaves  of  the  world  as  it 
were,  which  Himalayan  travelers  experience. 


46 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


SCLAR    OBSERVATORY,  MT.  WILSON 


The  sun  is  beginning  to  sink,  and  we  note  the  reflec- 
tion of  the  sunset  on  the  eastern  horizon  as  though 
Old  Sol  were  really  sinking  there,  whereas  as  a  matter 
of  fact  he  is  still  almost  midway  betwieen  zenith  and 
sky-line.  This  is  a  phenomenon  seldom  encountered 
by  the  traveler. 

When  we  at  last  safely  reach  the  summit  of  Mt.  Wil- 
son, the  hotel,  a  delightful  little  tavern,  and  some  cot- 
tages are  disclosed,  among  tall  weather-beaten  pines. 
The  hotel  is  really  no  more  than  a  chalet  cottage,  sit- 
ting-room, dining-room  and  kitchen.  We  wonder  where 
we  are  to  sleep. 

By  and  by,  after  again  appeasing  our  hunger,  we  are 
led  to  the  cottages.     These  are  of  unpainted  shingles. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  47 

and  resemble  the  chalet  of  a  Swiss  homestead;  they 
consist  of  just  one  room  apiece.  Each  cottage  is  part 
of  a  circle  that  encloses  the  peak,  so  that  all  of  them, 
from  their  httle  front  porches,  have  that  gorgeous  \dew 
of  the  valleys.  And  here,  on  the  mountain-top,  we 
are  to  spend  the  night. 

AN  OBSERVATORY  LIKE  NOAH^S  ARK 

We  deposit  our  belongings  and  refresh  ourselves  with 
a  washing  which  our  long  mule  ride  has  made  doubly 
necessary,  and  then  stroll  through  the  forest,  on  to 
another  bluff  ol  rhe  mountain-top.  Here,  visible  from 
afar,  is  located  what  is  perhaps  the  most  curioua 
observ^atory  in  the  world. 

The  structure  is-of  canvas,  so  as  to  admit  the  air 
and  have  the  temperature  inside  the  same  as  that 
without.  The  canvas  is  snowy  white  and  built  in  the 
shape  of  an  ark.  A  commanding  site  has  been  selected 
for  it,  and  from  below  and  in  fact  from  wherever 
seen  it  recalls  at  once  Noah's  home  stranded  on  the 
top  of  ^It.  Ararat. 

Inside  this  peculiar  observ^ator}^  is  a  telescope  en- 
tirely different  from  that  which  most  of  us  think  of  when 
the  word  telescope  is  mentioned.  Instead  of  being  com- 
posed of  lenses  fixed  into  a  big  tube  through  which  the 
obser\'er  gazes  into  the  heavens,  this  telescope  is  what 
is  called  a  reflector.  There  are  two  large  mirrors,  one 
with  a  diameter  of  thirty  inches  and  another  of  twenty- 
four  inches.  From  these  mirrors  the  sun  is  reflected 
by  means  of  a  prism  into  the  magnifying  lense  into 
which  the  observer  looks.  This  telescope  is  used  ex- 
pressly for  the  purpose  of  photographing  the  sun,  and 


48 


A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 


already  a  large  number  of  most  valuable  photographs 
have  been  obtained.  These  photographs  show  the 
changes  that  take  place  day  after  day  in  the  appearances 
and  size  of  the  sun-spots. 

While  we  are  perhaps  not  sufficiently  advanced  in 
the  science  of  optics,  let  alone  astronomy,  to  under- 


OUR  HOUSE  ON   MT.  WILSON 


stand  all  that  the  kind  director  explains  to  the  rare 
visitor  who  chances  to  get  inside  the  place,  we  can  jot 
down  the  fact  that  it  takes  about  two  months  for  two 
men  to  finish  such  a  mirror  as  these,  so  fine  is  the  sur- 
face. The  polishing  is  done  with  jeweler  ^s  rouge  on 
pads  of  chamois  skin.  Even  when  finished  and 
mounted  here,  the  mirrors  are  burnished  over  again 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  •  49 

every  tenth  day.  The  glass  of  these  mirrors  is  four 
inches  thick  and  is  set  upon  a  silvered  surface. 

As  evening  comes  on,  we  leave  the  observatory.  We 
are  enchanted  with  our  surroundings ;  as  we  stand  on 
the  platform  high  out  over  the  valley,  behind  us  rise 
the  tall  pines,  of  the  forest.  At  our  side  is  the  ark,  hke 
some  mighty  specter.  Below,  other  somber  forests 
roll  to  the  valley,  which  in  turn  extends  far  off  to  the 
sea.  We  can  even  see  from  our  vantage  point  a  ship 
away  out  on  the  Pacific.  The  stars  are  peeping  out, 
the  moon  appears,  and  not  since  those  starry  nights  on 
the  Mediterranean  of  which  we  had  a  taste  on  our 
Little  Journey  to  Austria  Hungary  have  we  enjoyed 
an  evening  so  much. 

Nor  do  the  dehghts  of  this  excursion  end  here. 

AN  OLD-FASHIONED  EVENING 

After  supper  all  gather  about  a  great  log  fire  burning 
beneath  an  old-fashioned  chimney,  such  as  we  have 
not  encountered  since  we  left  New  England.  Two 
Yankees  from  New  England  who  are  present  tell  stories 
of  Barnum,  another  guest  pops  com  for  all,  and  while 
we  copy  our  day^s  notes  we  enjoy  the  situation 
thoroughly.  Then  by  invitation  we  make  our  way  back 
to  the  observatory  to  see  the  moon  through  the  tele- 
scope. Although  the  latter  is  intended  primarily  for 
solar  work,  the  moon  too  can  be  observed  and  is 
certainly  a  splendid  sight  as  now  viewed,  its  craters 
and  cones  and  valleys  all  made  distinct. 

And  in  the  moonlight,  now,  the  valley  is  filled  with 
new  beauties,  not  the  least  of  which  is  the  distant 
illuminated  city. 


50*  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

THE    MOUNT    WILSON    OBSERVATORY 

The  observatory  on  Mount  Wilson  was  established 
as  a  branch  of  the  great  Carnegie  Institute  of  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  because  of  the  remarkable  advantages 
the  climate  conditions  of  Southern  California  afford  for 
astronomical  work.  In  cold  countries  it  is  exceedingly 
difficult  for  astronomers  to  do  their  work,  as  the 
presence  of  artificial  heat  in  the  observatories  causes 
heat-waves  to  rise  which  destroy  the  images  of  the 
celestial  objects  that  are  seen  through  the  telescopes. 
At  Williams  Bay,  Wisconsin,  for  instance,  where  the 
great  Yerkes  Telescope  of  the  Chicago  University  is 
located,  the  astronomers,  during  the  winter  nights, 
have  to  wear  double  suits  of  clothes  and  underclothing, 
with  heavy  overcoats  and  extra  shoes  of  felt  to  protect 
the  feet  and  legs  in  order  to  withstand  the  cold. 
While  the  nights  sometimes  get  quite  cold  on  Mount 
Wilson,  there  is  never  any  severe  difficulty  on  this  ac- 
count, and  consequently  it  is  an  ideal  spot,  as  far  as 
the  comfort  of  the  astronomers  is  concerned.  But  in 
addition  to  this,  the  atmosphere  itself  is  so  clear  and 
so  free  from  any  kind  of  disturbance  that  would  af- 
fect the  sharp  definition  of  the  objects  gazed  at  through 
the  telescope  that  it  is  ideal  from  the  standpoint  of 
scientific  observation.  The  close  proximity  of  the 
desert  on  one  side  of  the  mountains  and  the  ocean  on 
the  other  seems  to  produce  a  suitable  equilibrium  of 
the  air  that  is  highly  advantageous  to  astronomical 
observations.  The  result  is  that  more  good  work  has 
already  been  accomplished  in  certain  lines  in  this 
observatory  and  that  of  Mount  Lowe  than  at  any 
other  observatory  in  the  world.      More  will  be  done 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


51 


when  all  the  instruments  that  are  ultimately  to  be 
placed  on  ]\Iount  Wilson  are  in  position. 

The  negatives  are  then  developed,  and  we  are  shown 
a  number  of  these  glass  plates,  the  round  image  much 
like  a  great  fog  spot  in  the  center  with  a  sort  of  crusty, 
skin-like  effect  due  to  clouds  passing  over  the  surface. 


MIRROR  AT  MT.  WILSON  OBSERVATORY 


These  photographs  are  almost  more  than  instanta- 
neous, they  are  taken  in  just  one  one-thousandth  part 
of  a  second. 

After  we  have  finished  viewing  the  sun  through  these 
great  finely-polished  mirrors,  we  step  into  the  labora- 
tories, built  of  solid  concrete,  to  see  the  innumerable 
instruments  for  calculating  changes  between  pictures. 


52  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

So  constantly  is  the  sun  changing  that  no  two  pictures 
obtained  are  ever  absolutely  alike. 

We  next  visit  the  homes  of  the  professors^  a  series  of 
neat  little  offices  and  bed-rooms  built  in  the  mission 
style  on  the  mountain-top,  with  their  windows  opening 
into  the  tree-tops  as  did  our  own  room  at  Rila  Monas- 
tary,  when  we  made  the  Little  Journey  to  the  Balkans. 

Here  we  look  over  a  number  of  photographs  of  stars, 
and  are  told  of  the  different  instruments  required  to 
make  them.  Much  of  this  information,  however,  is 
well  ^^over  our  heads"  and  we  beg  to  be  excused. 

In  fact,  the  whole  matter  of  photographing  objects 
ninety  millions  of  miles  away  is  altogether  too  big  a  pro- 
ject for  young  brains  such  as  ours,  especially  as  we  are 
looking  forward  to  our  ride  back  on  the  donkeys. 

We  leave  at  noon  and  experience  some  difficulty  in 
getting  the  mules  past  the  stable.  At  last,  however,  we 
are  off,  and  enjoy  the  down  trip  throughout.  It  is 
twenty  minutes  past  four  by  the  time  we  reach  the  foot 
of  the  trail,  and  as  we  f  oimd  on  our  Little  Journey 
through  Spain,  where  we  took  our  donkeys  into  the 
Pyrenees,  it  is  not  without  regret  that  we  part  with 
the  animals. 

Back  at  Los  Angeles  from  our  trip  to  the  mountain- 
tops,  we  prepare  at  once  for  a  voyage  to  inspect  the 
bottom  of  the  sea. 

A  TRIP  ON  THE  PACIFIC 

For  today  we  have  in  prospect  as  delightful  a 
trip  as  any  on  our  entire  journey.  We  are  bound  for 
the  Santa  Catalina  Island,  an  island  autocracy  out 
in  the  Pacific  that  is  world-famous  for  its  remark- 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


53 


ably  clear  channels  and  straits,  where  by  means  of 
glass-bottomed  boats  the  entire  sea-bottom  is  \dsible. 

From  circulars  we  learn  that  the  largest  of  these 
islands  is  about  twenty-two  miles  long,  and  has  an 
area  of  some  four  thousand  seven  hundred  acres. 

Of  course  it  is  important  to  know  how  to  get  there. 
^Ve  take  a  traction  car  in  Los  Angeles  for  San  Pedro 
(Pee-dro),  from  which  the  islands  lie  twenty-two  miles 
out  to  sea.  San  Pedro  is  now,  in  reaUty,  a  part  of 
Los  Angeles.  The  U.  S.  Government  is  spending  mil- 
hons  to  make  a  great  harbor,  and  in  order  that  it  might 
be  controlled  by  Los  Angeles,  a  strip  of  land  reaching 
from  that  city  to  and  including  San  Pedro  has  been  ab- 
sorbed. Hence  it  is  now  Los  Angeles  all  the  way  to 
the  ocean. 


AVALON 


54  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

Here  we  see  in  profusion  boats  laden  with  lumber, 
schooners  and  other  vessels  engaged  in  the  Pacific  coast 
trade.  Gulls  wheeling  about  mark  the  lobster  landing, 
which  recalls  our  New  England  Little  Journey, 

We  soon  board  a  steamer  for  Santa  Catalina  and 
for  our  first  voyage  on  the  Pacific. 

All  of  our  geography  rises  before  us,  as  though  to 
make  us  regret  we  did  not  study  harder  at  school. 
Who  discovered  the  Pacific,  and  when,  and  under 
whose  flag  did  he  sail?  How  many  square  miles  of 
water  are  there  in  this  ocean?  Do  we  remember  how 
to  bound  it,  and  can  we  tell  what  degrees  of  latitude  it 
embraces?  If  not  we  shall  have  plenty  of  time  to  look 
up  these  points  in  our  pocket  atlases  as  we  sail  island- 
ward,  and  this  will  do  us  far  more  good  than  to  have 
it  told  to  us. 

In  fact,  once  we  have  left  the  break-water,  stretching 
out  from  the  dull  green  hills  behind,  and  the  trees  have 
faded  into  mist  over  on  our  right  and  left,  while  the 
smell  of  the  sea  is  strong  and  bracing,  we  are  glad 
of  something  to  do.  We  do  not  want  to  listen  to  the 
foolish  people  who  are  afraid  of  sea-sickness  even  on  a 
sea  as  smooth  as  this.  When  we  get  out  on  the  open 
ocean  there  is  nothing  on  the  smooth  surface  to 
see  save  an  occasional  four-master,  weighted  way 
down  with  freight ;  and  aside  from  counting  buoys  and 
looking  out  for  the  Santa  Monica  wharf,  the  longest 
pier  in  the  world,  we  have  nothing  to  do  but  to  lounge 
and  idle,  watch  for  flying-fish,  and  enjoy  the  healthful 
rest  of  a  sunny  day  at  sea. 

By  and  by,  far  ahead,  some  green  mountainous  cones, 
with  patches  of  yellow,  rise  from  the  waters  to  mark  our 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  55 

destination,    the   Island   of   Santa   Catalina. 

Before  we  arrive,  however,  we  are  treated  to  the  sight 
of  a  school  of  porpoises.  There  seems  to  be  twenty  or 
thirty  of  them,  and  they  move  indolently  and  carelessly 
along,  occasionally  shooting  out  of  the  water  in  a  pecu- 
liar curvdng  fashion  that  is  most  interesting  to  witness. 

At  last  we  land  at  the  wharf.  As  we  walk  from  it 
we  find  one  main  street  which  faces  the  Uttle  Bay  of 
Avalon.  At  one  end  is  a  fine  hotel,  at  which  we  are  to 
stay;  at  the  other,  an  open  air  theatre,  where  band 
concerts  are  given  ever\^  evening  during  the  season. 

THE  FAUNA  OF  THE  PACIFIC 

We  find  the  glass-bottomed  steamers  the  first  point  of 
interest  to  the  sight -seers.  As  most  of  these  visitors  re- 
main today  only,  these  are  crowded  to  the  guards.  We, 
however,  are  to  stay  until  we  have  seen  all  there  is  to 
be  seen,  so  take  our  way  to  other  places  first. 

Not  far  from  the  wharf  is  the  aquarium,  where  we 
can  find  the  fauna  of  the  Pacific  unfolded  to  us  through 
the  medium  of  glass  tanks.  For  those  of  us  who  have 
visited  the  aquarium  in  New  York,  the  comparison  will 
be  most  interesting.  On  a  series  of  trellises,  to  begin 
with,  there  are  small  glass  globe  aquariums,  where  all 
manner  of  curiosities  are  housed. 

First  in  interest,  perhaps,  is  the  trigger-fish. 
This  is  shaped  like  a  flounder;  its  color  is  dull 
brown ;  and  there  is  no  known  reason  for  the  name  it 
bears.  Then  there  is  a  sheep  's-head  which  weighs  some 
eighteen  pounds,  and  lives  in  the  same  case  with  a 
turtle,  in  a  sort  of  happ}^  family  way,  for  the  turtle 
never  snaps  at  the  fish,  nor  does  the  fish  attempt  to 
annov  the  turtle.   Here  too  is  the  squid,  which  darts 


56 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


• 

r 

THE  GULLS 


its  ink  out  to  protect  itself  from  the  foe  by  hiding  its 
exact  whereabouts,  and  also  the  ramora,  which  gets 
upon  whales  and  sharks,  and  virtually  sucks  the  life 
blood  from  them. 

Still  more  interesting  is  the  transparent  clam,  which 
is  taken  from  a  depth  of  seven  hundred  feet  beneath  the 
surface,  and  which  inhabits  the  beautiful  roseate  shells 
we  found  at  Santa  Monica.  It  appears  that  it  is  im- 
possible to  obtain  the  proper  food  for  these  clams  in 
captivity  and  therefore  they  die  shortly  after  being 
taken.  Growing  coral,  and  dead  coral  with  the  moss 
growing  on  it,  moss  filled  with  red  anemones  like 
flowers  in  bloom,  and  pale  little  j'-ellow  growing  sponges, 
all  are  here.     Then,  too,  there  are  sea-hares,  which  re- 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  '  57 

semble  a  huge  shell-less  snail,  climbing  about  the  walls 
of  its  case,  and  causing  us  to  wonder  whether  it  may  be 
the  far-distant  ancestor  of  our  modern  garden-snail. 
On  the  back  of  these  hares  there  is  a  beautiful  fold  of 
skin  which  opens  and  closes  as  we  watch  it,  while  the 
little  animal  feeds  on  a  great  bunch  of  seaweed  in  its 
compartment.  Now  and  then,  when  alarmed,  these 
chocolate-red  animals  curl  up  for  defense  and  drop  like 
a  stone  from  wherever  they  may  be.  At  other  times 
some  of  the  red  ink  with  which  they  are  filled  is  visible 
beneath  a  rock  and  discloses  their  presence. 

An  octopus,  or  devil-fish,  of  which  specimens  fifty 
feet  in  length  are  sometimes  seen,  is  another  attraction 
of  this  aquarium.  These  animals  grow  very  slowly, 
but  are  very  long-lived,  and  just  how  ancient  may  be 
the  sleepy  fellow  whose  long  tentacles  with  their 
thousand  feelers  we  see  against  the  sides  of  the  glass 
no  one  seems  to  know. 

These,  however,  are  but  a  few  of  the  wonders  of  the 
aquarium.  There  are  sharks'  eggs,  like  a  piece  of 
India  rubber,  or  the  seed  of  the  thorn-tree,  which  take 
ninety  da3's  to  hatch,  and  there  are  conger  eels  four 
feet  in  length,  with  nostrils  that  resemble  a  circular 
bit  of  bored  lead,  while  their  eyes  are  sunk  deep,  quite 
out  of  sight  in  open  sockets;  lobsters  and  craw-fish, 
masses  of  claws  and  feelers,  prett}^  red-eyed  star-fish, 
sea-cucumbers,  which  mark  the  line  between  animal 
and  vegetable  Ufe,  the  "stingaree," noted  for  its  long 
^'stinger''  tail,  and  beautiful  golden  perch,  like  a  great 
gold-fish  but  broader,  and  of  a  magnificent  reddish- 
golden  shade — these  are  all  on  exhibition.  -  We  must, 
however,  also  make  a  point  of  seeing  the  goat  fish,  a 


58  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

tiny  white  fellow,  the  exact  shape  of  a  goat,  and  then 
the  gold  electric-fish,  whose  spots  become  phosphor- 
escent at  night. 

MOUNTING    MOONSTONES 

We  now  wander  on  through  quaint,  interesting 
Avalon  itself.  We  stop  to  note  in  the  window  of  one 
of  the  chop-houses  a  square  aquarium  tank  in  which 
is  a  beautiful  fish,  with  a  red  center-band  across  its 
black  body,  sporting  among  some  abalone  shells.  Inside, 
if  we  wish,  we  may  have  a  fish  dinner  for  a  quarter. 

Then  we  come  on  another  typically  sea-side  indus- 
try, the  polishing  of  moonstones  from  the  Moon  Beach 
to  which  we  shall  come  later.  These  are  not  the 
real  moonstones  of  the  jewelers^  shops,  but  agate  or 
chalcedony  formations,  some  of  which  bear  a  curious 
moss  formation,  resembling  the  moss-agate.  The  stones 
are  found  as  pebbles,  much  like  the  lucky-stones  we  may 
find  in  Michigan  on  another  Little  Journey,  greyish 
white,  and  ranging  from  the  size  of  a  pea  to  that  of  a 
fist.  The  average  weight  of  these  stones,  as  found,  is 
thirty  carats,  and  such  a  pebble  is  ground  down  in  these 
shops  to  perhaps  three,  in  order  to  be  fit  for  setting  in 
rings  and  stick  pins.  Now  and  then,  some  of  these 
stones  will  be  of  lavender  or  of  amethyst  hue,  and  then 
they  bring  as  much  as  five  or  even  ten  dollars.  Com- 
moner sorts',  when  clear,  retail  at  fifty  cents. 

We  enjoy  the  cutting  of  moonstones;  it  reminds  us 
of  the  diamond  cutters  of  Amsterdam  we  met  on  our 
Dutch  Little  Journey,  The  pebbles  are  inserted  in 
engineer's  wax  at  the  end  of  a  stick,  and  then  cut  by 
hand  until  ready  for  the    carborundum  wheel  with 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  59 

which  they  are  finished.  They  require  from  twenty 
minutes  to  an  hour  and  a  half  of  grinding,  but  there  is 
a  set  price  of  half  a  dollar  for  the  work. 

DOWN  TO  THE  BOTTOM  OF  THE  SEA 

We  have  come  to  Avalon,  however,  to  have  a  look,  like 
McGinty,  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea,  and  we  will  not  be 
put  off  any  longer.  A\Tiat  Jules  Verne  has  written  in  his 
'Twenty  Thousand  Leagues  Under  the  Sea''  and  his 
''Mysterious  Island,''  and  what  we  recall  of  "Among 
the  Florida  Reefs"  and  other  books  make  us  eager 
for  this  excursion. 

We  go  aboard  the  glass-bottomed  tug,  a  regular 
steamer,  in  whose  bottom,  in  either  end,  are  set 
a  number  of  large  panes  of  glass,  about  which  a 
black  painted  railing  rises.  Over  this  we  and  the 
other  tourists  aboard  lean,  from  our  benches,  to  look 
into  the  water  below.  The  seals  disport  about  us  on  the 
pebbly  beach  as  we  leave,  but  our  eyes  are  soon  glued 
to  the  green  water  with  the  moss  drifting  over  the  peb- 
bles, and  we  forget  all  about  the  land. 

Almost  at  once  the  bottom  begins  to  descend  beneath 
us,  and  the  beautiful  scener^^  of  the  ocean  bed,  of  which 
we  have  long  heard  so  much,  unrolls  below. 

Here  and  there  are  black  spots  on  this  bottom,  mark- 
ing clusters  of  seaweeds  in  the  depths.  Then  there 
is  the  skeleton  of  a  fish  to  attract  our  attention. 
At  another  moment  the  water  bubbles  like  seltzer 
beneath  that  pane  of  glass,  and  while  we  are  waiting 
for  it  to  clear  we  think  of  Verne  and  his  "Mysterious 
Island,"  and  admire  the  inventiveness  of  the  author's 
brain  which  could  imagine  romance  so  close  to  truth. 


60  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

We  turn  again  to  admire  the  ocean  bottom,  where 
we  see  abalone  shells  filled  with  sand.  The  water  is 
now  growing  deeper  and  more  blue,  and  from  an  old 
board  some  great  ropes  rise  up  to  support  a  buoy. 
The}''  are  overgrown  with  moss,  like  some  phantom 
vessel's  moorings.  Ever  bluer,  ever  deeper  and  ever 
more  smooth  becomes  the  bottom.  In  the  glass  we 
now  see  ^  ^mermaids  and  mermen, '^  as  the  Uttle  guide 
fantastically  calls  them ;  these  are  our  own  reflections, 
of  course.  Then  little  black  fish  go  by,  darting  away 
into  the  distance. 

By  and  by  we  sail  over  great  stalks  of  the  iodine  kelp, 
an  enormous  plant  like  a  great  tobacco  stalk,  with 
green  membraneous  leaves,  some  of  them  about  a  foot 
in  length  and  three  inches  across  at  their  broadest 
part.  To  these  leaves  nature  has  added  little  air- 
sacks,  that  keep  the  plant  up.  These  leaves  are 
gathered  and  dried  for  the  iodine  they  contain.  Most 
of  the  kelp  forests  have  a  little  parasite  tha't  eats  the 
plant  to  a  string,  as  we  see  in  a  few  moments.  In 
among  these  great  green  kelp  forests  rock-bass, 
beautiful  blue  fish,  are  disporting  themselves,  and  in 
among  them  there  are  countless  hundreds  of  golden 
perch,  which  live  on  the  sea  moss.  So  varied  are  the 
objects  of  interest  that  we  never  tire  of  the  picture.  In 
and  out  of  the  iodine  gardens  these  blue  fishes  and  gold 
ones  make  their  way.  Here  and  there  what  seems  a 
worm  about  six  inches  long,  is  noted  on  the  rocks ;  it  is 
in  reality  the  sea-cucumber,  such  as  we  saw  in  the 
aquarium  above,  and  the  lowest  known  form  of  gen- 
uine animal  life.  Then  too  there  are  sponge-like  masses, 
a  sponge  moss,  also  a  very  low  form  of  life.     Pink  and 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  61 

lavender  coral  mosses,  a  brown  moss  blooming  three 
times  a  year — these  and  other  varieties  add  their  beauty 
to  the  prospect .  Then  suddenly  out  of  the  crevices  of 
great  rocks  where  the  blooming  sea-urchin  Uves  in  pro- 
fusion dart  sheep^s-head  fish,  with  teeth  like  those  of  a 
human  being. 

We  skim  over  some  mighty  rocks  jumbled  here  in 
great  confusion,  and  wonder  why  it  is  that  their  crev- 
ices have  not  long  since  become  filled  with  sand.  Out 
of  these  crevices  again  rises  the  iodine  weed,  and  smaller 
weeds  like  the  sweet-fern  of  our  middle  western  turn- 
pikes are  dense.  Dense  as  are  the  weeds,  just  so  dense 
are  the  gold-fish.  In  places  the  kelp  is  right  under  us, 
and  also  the  fishes.  Ever}^'here  too  is  a  black  fish  with 
two  white  spots  on  its  back;  it  is  the  black  perch. 

The  water  becomes  clearer,  and  is  filled  with  the 
sponge  moss.  Then  more  iodine  weed  comes  in  sight, 
this  eaten  away  to  long  threads,  then  more  shells. 
Among  the  latter  an  enormous  blue-fish  is  dawdhng, 
while  smaller  gold  and  azure  varieties  disport  them- 
selves around. 

The  water  is  so  clear  that  we  scarcely  realize  that 
the  ocean  bed  on  which  we  look  is  a  hundred  and 
twenty-five  feet  below  us.  In  Florida  a  spy-box,  a  glass 
at  the  end  of  a  square  boxlet,  is  lowered  from  the 
sides  of  a  boat,  that  one  may  see,  as  those  of  us  who 
took  the  Little  Journey  through  the  Old  South  will 
recall;  but  no  such  depth  of  bottom  is  there  at- 
tained. Nor  is  the  sea  so  deUghtfuUy  pale  blue ;  nor  do 
we  find  there  the  thousands  of  blue-fish,  their  little 
tails  all  in  line,  nor  the  iodine  kelp  rising  up,  some- 
times to  a  height  *of  seventy-five  feet,  in  huge  ropes. 


62  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

From  thousands  these  blue  finny  fellows  turn  to  mil- 
-lions;  in  fact,  we  should  not  have  believed  it  possible 
there  could  be  so  many.  When  the  iodine  masses  be- 
neath the  glass  pane  do  not  obstruct  our  view,  we  can- 
not begin  to  count  them ;  there  seems  to  be  a  depth  of 
seventy-odd  feet  of  fish  to  the  spotted  rocks  and  the 
moss  below. 

By  and  by,  a  little  brown  fellow,  a  vegetarian,  which 
keeps  at  play  near  the  bottom — ^the  kelp  fish,  he  is 
called — puts  in  his  appearance.  The  guide  calls  our 
attention  to  other  wonders  of  the  ocean.  When  we 
rest  our  necks  from  craning,  above  the  glass  we  see  only 
the  leaden  blue  ocean.  Then  again  we  watch  the 
^ 'Garibaldi,^'  or  yellow  perch,  in  the  forests  of  sea  fern, 
and  the  great  white  open  clam-shells  on  a  submarine 
mountain. 

At  one  place  we  cross  a  sargasso  sea,  a  sort  of  sub- 
marine pampas,  where  starfish  are  numerous  in  the 
white  sands,  and  there  are  masses  of  seaweed,  grassy 
in  form,  growing  from  the  bottom.  These  have  a  bluish 
tinge,  and  are  very  fine  and  feathery,  especially  as 
they  wave  in  the  currents.  Here,  and  there  a  large 
cockle 'shell,  or  a  beautiful  upturned  abalone,  makes  us 
wish  we  could  ramble  where  our  eyes  now  explore,  and 
gather  all  that  we  see. 

At  one  time  our  attention  is  drawn  to  the  mainland 
to  see  a  wild  mountain-goat,  scaling  the  bleak  rocky 
crags,  and  looking  down  at  us  saucily.  Curious  lateral 
lines  in  the  sands  on  the  bottom  produced  in  reality  by 
the  currents  are  the  work  of  ^ ^mermaids  plowing'^  ac- 
cording to  the  little  guide. 

To  tell  everything  we  see,  the  mermaids'  hair,  sea- 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  63 

weed  which  its  name  describes,  the  kelp  that  has  no 
air  balls,  but  a  strong  stalk  instead  to  keep  it  up  in  the 
waves,  the  skates  on  the  bottom  and  the  other  strange 
forms,  would  be  impossible  in  these  pages. 

By  and  by,  we  discern  the  next  island,  San  Cle- 
mente,  twenty-eight  miles  off  to  sea,  whose  sole  inhabi- 
tants are  sheep-herders,  and  then  we  round  in  and 
come  to  the  seal  rocks,  where  is  to  be  seen  perhaps  the 
finest  herd  of  free  seals  in  the  world,  next  to  the  famous 
one  of  San  Francisco,  accessible  to  the  ordinary  tourist. 
We  see  seals  ever^^where  on  .the  rocks,  the  Uttle  cubs 
often  lying  on  their  mothers'  backs,  or  some  old  one 
moving  sluggishly  to  where  the  countless  gulls  hover. 
There  are  light  brown,  grey  and  even  black  ^eals  here, 
in  all  the  freedom  of  other  and  wilder  seas.  We  stop  a 
while  to  watch  them  and  listen  to  their  whimperings, 
and  then  return  a  bit  more  rapidly  than  we  came,  over 
the  submarine  gardens. 

AN  ISLAND  AUTOCRACY 

It  is  a  quarter  to  five  when  we  reach  Avalon  once  more. 
We  saunter  about  the  quaint  httle  island  town,  with  its 
shaded  cottages  and  its  street  overhung  by  the  euca- 
lyptus trees.  We  visit  the  sites  for  the  tents  of  the 
summer  city,  and  see  many  of  the  great  blooming 
geranium  trees. 

Then  we  drop  into  the  offices  of  the  island  autocracy, 
to  learn  something  of  its  government.  Probably  in 
our  early  childhood  we  wished  we  could  buy  an  island 
somewhere  and  be  king  or  queen.  That  is  just  about 
what  has  been  done  at  Avalon.  About  fifteen  years 
ago  the  Company  purchased  this  island,  and  practically 


64  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

rules  it  as  might  some  Czar.  No  ship  may  land  here 
except  that  of  the  Company.  No  stores  may  be  opened 
except  of  the  sort  the  Company  desires.  The  boats 
refuse  to  carry  supplies  the  Company  does  not  desire, 
so  that  rival  hotels  are  impossible.  In  fact,  were  there 
a  despot  ruling  over  Avalon  the  situation  would  not  be 
very  different. 

We  learn  interesting  facts  about  the  island.  For  in- 
stance, we  hear  that  at  one  time  there  was  a  mining  boom, 
gold  and  silver  having  been  found  in  Cherry  Valley. 
There  is  also  splendid  wild  goat  hunting  in  the  interior. 

HUNTING  WILD  GOATS 

In  fact,  we  ourselves  join  one  of  the  parties  which  are 
constantly  being  formed  and  go  on  such  a  hunt. 
Guides  and  horses  are  obtained  and  we  ride  to  that 
side  of  the  island  where  the  wild  goats  are  most 
numerous.  There,  with  a  thirty-three  round  Winchester 
gun,  we  try  our  skill.  The  desire  of  each  hunter  is, 
of  course,  to  obtain  the  head  of  an  animal,  which  is 
mounted  by  the  sportsman. 

We  also  visit  the  enormous  sheep-pastures  in  the 
interior  of  the  island,  which  remind  those  of  us  who 
made  the  Little  Journey  to  Australia  of  the  great  sheep 
ranges  of  New  Zealand.  At  one  place  there  are  some 
twenty  thousand  domestic  sheep   in   the    enclosures. 

Then,  too,  there  are  fig  orchards,  where  the  fruit 
ripens  in  July,  and  this  has  a  peculiar  flavor  not  to  be 
obtained  on  the  mainland,  and  banana  trees  also  are 
there  to  demonstrate  that  we  are  in  the  South. 

It  is  nearly  supper  time  now  and  so  we  return  to  the 
hotel.     We  must  hurry  through  our  meal,  since  it  is 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  65 

Saturday  evening,  so  that  we  may  be  down  at  the  dock 
and  witness  the  fireworks  with  which  the  incoming  boat 
is  greeted.  After  this  there  is  dancing  and  card  playing 
and  the  hke,  in  which  some  of  us  join. 

Those  of  us  who  are  too  timid  or  do  not  find  such  re- 
creation to  our  taste,  indulge  in  the  island  literature, 
and  learn  how  this  island  was  discovered  by  Juan 
Rodriguez  Cabrillo,  in  September,  1542,  how  on  this 
island  of  forty  thousand  acres  there  is  a  peak  two  thous- 
and five  hundred  feet  high,  and  how,  way  back  in  the 
Stone  Age,  man  was  an  inhabitant  of  the  islands.  How 
did  he  come  those  wear^^  miles  from  the  mainland? 
What  manner  of  boat  or  raft  did  he  build  ?  Indians,  too, 
were  here  later.  What  did  their  canoes  resemble?  It  is 
interesting  to  speculate  on  these  problems. 

Then,  to  bed,  to  rest  for  another  day  of  sight-seeing 
on  the  island. 

FISHING  FOR  THE  LEAPING  TUNA 

Rising  early  the  next  morning,  down  in  the  lobby  of 
the  hotel  we  pick  up  the  '^Records  of  the  Ananias  So- 
ciety, composed  principally  of  Eastern  Uars,'^  which 
gives  the  records  of  supposed  tuna  catches  from  1894  on. 

This  naturally  leads  us  to  inquire  into  tuna-fishing, 
for  which  these  islands  are  as  famous  as  is  Nantucket 
for  its  blue-fish,  and  perhaps  to  arrange  for  a  fishing 
excursion. 

The  tuna,  we  learn,  is  the  largest  of  the  bony-fishes. 
In  the  Atlantic,  specimens  are  occasionall}^  harpooned 
which  weigh  fifteen  hundred  pounds.  The  tuna  is  a 
fish  of  wide  range,  being  found  in  the  warm  temperature 
of  practically  all  seas.     This,  however,  is  about  the 


66 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


ON  THE  WHARF  AT  AVALON 


only  place  where  it  comes  in  shore  in  numbers,  and  is 
caught  with  rod  and  reel.  The  common  name  then 
is  the  ^^tunny^'  or  ^ 'horse-mackerel' '  of  the  New  Eng- 
land fishermen. 

The  tuna  of  the  Catalina  waters  differs  from  those 
found  elsewhere  in  its  great  leaping  powers.  These 
are  developed  in  its  pursuit  of  its  natural  prey,  the  Cali- 
fornia flying-fish.  To  catch  them  it  makes  great  leaps 
out  of  the  water.  This  gave  its  distinctive  name  of 
the  leaping  tuna. 

The  tuna  here  is  taken  with  rod  and  reel  and  a  regu- 
lar club  has  been  organized.  The  rules  of  this  asso- 
ciation are  interesting.  Any  one  who  has  caught  a 
tuna   with    rod  and  reel,  in  California  waters,  which 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  67 

weighs  over  a  hundred  pounds,  and  had  such  catch 
properly  registered,  is  eUgible.  The  member  catching 
the  fish  weighing  most  is  president  and  holds  office 
until  his  record  is  exceeded.  The  member  catching 
the  greatest  number  of  tunas  in  any  calendar  year,  re- 
gardless of  weight  (the  average  here  is  about  one  hun- 
dred and  eighty-th]!;ee  pounds),  is  vice-president  and 
likewise  holds  office  until  his  score  is  beaten  by  some 
other  member. 

For  breakfast  this  morning  we  get  a  typical  CaUfor- 
nia  island  meal,  beginning  with  navel  oranges.  Then 
follow  clam  bouillon,  grape-fruit  and  honey  from  the 
Simi  Valley  (to  be  visited  later)  or  fig-jam  from  the 
island  itself.  After  that  comes  shredded  codfish,  or  fried 
red  rock  cod,  or  '^yellow-tail,"  or  broiled  salt  mackerel. 

MOONSTONE  HUNTING 

This  morning  we  will  indulge  in  another  submarine 
outing,  into  a  different  section  of  the  sargasso  seas. 
Again  aboard  one  of  the  glass-bottomed  boats, we  go  out 
among  the  rugged  rocks,  where  the  water  is  per- 
haps forty-five  feet  deep  and  of  green  blue.  Then  the 
wonders  begin  again,  much  as  we  saw  them  yesterday — 
the  sea-cucumbers  in  the  sand,  the  great  white  rocks, 
and  the  golden  perch  in  the  iodine  weeds,  while  a  light 
blue  moss-like  sea-violet,  which  loses  its  color  as  soon 
as  it  strikes  the  air,  is  a  new  curiosity.  The  trip  is  much 
like  our  previous  one,  except  that  we  skirt  closer  in  to 
shore,  where  the  lambs  are  visible  on  the  slopes  of  the 
mountains  and  where  great  rock  masses  hide  from 
view  the  old  boat  hospital  anchored  in  a  picturesque 
cove.     Some  black  diving  birds,  a  crane  or  two,  and 


68 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


then  the  blue  bass,  with  the  two  white  spots  on  their 
backs,  are  the  principal  novelties  encountered.  By  and 
by  our  attention  is  drawn  to  a  seal,  one  of  the  local  herd 
for  whose  protection  fines  ranging  from  twenty  to  two 
hundred  dollars  have  been  instituted,  these  especially 
providing  for  the  protection  of  the  one  or  two  pups  which 


HUNTING  MOONSTONES  AT  CATALINA 


accompany  each  mother  seal  in  June,  when  she  teaches 
them  to  swim  on  the  coast  here,  to  the  delight  of  pass- 
ers-by; the  little  pups  are  at  first  absolutely  helpless 
in  the  water.  Now  gulls  and  cormorants  and  pelicans 
are  pointed  out,  and  we  make  a  turn  to  one  side  to 
carry  the  mail  to  a  queer  old  hermit  who  lives  here  on 
the   beach  because  he  is  afflicted  with  some  nervous 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  69 

trouble.  He  takes  his  letters  in  a  bag  at  the  end  of  a 
long  pole  fitted  to  his  skiff. 

Finally  we  land  at  the  moonstone  beach,  five  miles 
from  Avalon,  where,  at  the  foot  of  the  mountains,  along 
the  narrow  gravelly  areas  that  the  water  occasionally 
washes,  ever}^  one  searches  for  the  pebbles,  or  for  the 
rarer  moss-agates.  Then,  too,  one  can  chnib  over  the 
boulders  to  a  cave  or  to  the  top  of  a  peak  to  take 
pictures,  or  else  dislodge  sea-urchins  and  rock  oysters. 
A  few  of  us  go  in  wading  in  our  search  for  the 
moonstones.     There  is  no  lack  of  pastimes. 

Some  of  us  Usten  to  the  old  boat-captain  as  he  tells 
of  an  island  about  twenty-eight  miles  off  San  Pedro, 
where  the  gulls  nest;  the  island  being  one  great  rock 
rising  from  the  sea,  on  which  the  nests  are  so  dense  as 
to  be  less  than  a  foot  apart,  just  enough  room  for  one 
brood  not  to  interfere  with  another.  These  nests  are 
of  seaweed  and  grass  set  right  on  the  rock,  and  about 
ten  inches  across.  From  two  to  five  eggs  are  laid  in 
them,  and  on  warm  days  these  are  left  alone  much  of 
the  time. 

We  also  hear  stories  of  sharks  occasionally  seen  in 
these  waters.    Now  it  is  time  to  return. 

On  the  way  ^It.  Black  Jack,  two  thousand  five  hun- 
dred and  fifty  feet  high,  is  pointed  out  to  us  on  the  is- 
land. We  now  find  the  blue  sea  full  of  inch-long  trans- 
parent white  fish,  tails  all  in  line,  some  wiggUng  both 
tail  and  fins,  others  motionless  save  for  a  gradual  drift- 
ing in  one  given  direction.  They  are  thick  as  snow  in  a 
December  snow-storm. 

Returning  for  luncheon,  we  idle  away  some  time 
with  the  seals  on  the  beach,  which  come  right  out  of  the 


70 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


water  at  Avalon  to  take  the  fish  thrown  them.  Tame 
as  they  are,  the  big  fellows,  headed  by  their  leader 
^'Old  Ben/'  fight  among  themselves  while  scores  of  gulls 
wheel  in  and  about  to  seize  the  shreds  of  fish  torn  free 
by  the  sea  lions. 

The  steamer  for  the  mainland  does  not  leave  until 
half-past  three,  so  we   have  plenty  of  time  to  make 


SEALS  AT  AVALON 


again  the  submarine  excursion  of  yesterday,  and 
get  some  additional  photographs  of  the  coast;  the 
camera  unfortunately  cannot  take  the  effects  seen 
through  the  glass  bottom.  Then  with  a  lantern  made 
of  a  dried  star-fish,  and  other  souvenirs,  we  are  ready 
to  bid  this  fascinating  island  adieu. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


71 


COTTAGE  LIFE  ALONG  THE  PACIFIC  AT    OCEAN  PARK 

On  the  way  back  to  Los  Angeles  we  make  the  acquain- 
tance of  some  people  who  have  a  summer  cottage  at 
Ocean  Park,  which  is,  as  we  remember,  practically 
n  suburb  of  Santa  Monica. 

They  invite  us  to  take  tea  with  them,  and  we  get  a 
taste  of  regular  sea-side  cottage  life.     The  cottages. 


i 

-^.^HHIH^HHii 

COTTAGE  LIFE 

which  have  a  neat  hall  leading  to  the  dining-room  at 
the  back,  and  several  bed-rooms  upstairs,  can  be  rented 
furnished,  for  the  season.  Women  are  then  hired 
to  cook  and  keep  house  and  the  expense  of  hotel  life 
is  saved,  while  most,  if  not  all,  of  its  pleasures  can  be 
enjoyed.     The  supper,  with  its  home  cooking  and  the 


72  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

glimpse  of  family  life,  is  refreshing  to  us,  furnishing  a 
little  variety  in  our  journey. 

VENICE  IN  CALIFORNIA 

After  supper  we  take  the  cars  for  Venice,  the  great 
amusement  resort  on  the  Pacific,  erected  in  imitation 
of  the  glorious  Italian  city.  Every  building  is  now  il- 
luminated with  glaring  yellow  electric  lights,  there  are 
booths  and  shows  and  restaurants.  Standing  out 
against  the  night  sky,  outlined  in  lights,  is  a  cafe,  in 
the  form  of  a  caravel. 

Crowds  surge  everywhere.  The  destination  of  most 
of  them,  however,  is  the  palm  garden,  where  there  are 
loges  and  orchestra  seats  and  a  stage,  and  where  an 
orchestra  dispenses  popular  music,  while,  as  at  the 
cafes  of  Fiume,  the  populace  enjoys  light  refreshments. 

Although  the  round  trip  from  Los  Angeles  costs  only 
fifty  cents,  we  find  the  crowd  is  a  most  refined  one, 
and  we  enjoy  our  evening  heartily. 

Of  course  a  night  visit  to  Venice,  whether  it  be  the 
Venice  we  visited  on  the  Little  Journey  to  Italy  or  Venice 
in  California,  does  not  content  us,  and  next  morning 
we  decide  that  we  may  as  well  see  all  that  is  to  be  seen 
in  this  place  before  passing  to  any  other,  and  so  we 
again  take  traction  for  Venice. 

At  the  entrance  to  the  main  avenue  of  the  city  we 
see  a  building  which  reproduces  very  faithfully  the 
architecture  and  coloring  of  its  Italian  model.  It  is 
of  a  brown  and  yellow  stucco,  and  contains,  besides  a 
substantial  bank,  offices  of  real  estate  agents  on  the 
ground  floor,  while  up  above  are  those  of  a  doctor 
and  a  notary. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


73 


SHIP  HOTEL  AT  VENICE 


The  street  itself  from  this  point  is  of  asphalt,  broad 
and  lined  with  pillars  of  yellow  imitation  marble  sur- 
mounted by  great  bronze  capitals.  Behind  these  pil- 
lars there  are  curio  stores  where  abalone  shells,  spoons 
of  the  same,  pins  and  tidies  are  for  sale.  Then  there 
are  parlors  for  pool,  a  game  of  which  people  are  very 
fond  out  here,  and  hotels,  bowling  alleys,  popcorn 
and  peanut  stands,  all  seemingly  brand  new,  for 
Venice  has  been  in  existence  a  single  year  only;  but 
for  the  absence  of  crowds  and  the  calls  of  barkers,  one 
would  fancy  it  to  be  simply  a  temporary  carnival 
city,  instead  of  a  substantial  town. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  however,  Venice  is  little  more 
than  a  dream  city,  so  far  as  its  conception  goes.     A 


74  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

gentleman  of  Richmond,  Virginia,  Kinney  by  name, 
having  bought  real  estate  in  Los  Angeles,  twelve  miles 
away,  and  becoming  infatuated  with  this  site,  resolved 
to  lay  out  a  Venetian  city,  and  has  already  expended 
not  less  than  a  million  and  a  half  dollars  in  the  venture. 
To  begin  with,  he  purchased  about  five  hundred  and 
sixty  acres  for  his  site.  Then  he  built  three  miles  of 
canals,  a  wharf,  auditorium,  and  ship-hotel,  as  well 
as  another  great  hotel  patterned  after  St.  Mark's 
Cathedral  in  old  Venice  of  the  Adriatic.  .  A  mammoth 
breakwater  was  added;  streets,  too,  were  laid  out, 
and  the  pillars  for  the  arcades  of  future  buildings, 
were  erected. 

Then  lots  were  offered  for  sale,  under  certain  con- 
ditions— among  others  that  there  must  be  a  Venetian 
arch  along  the  street,  and  arcaded  walls,  as  well  as 
marbleized  columns,  while  the  roads  must  at  all 
times  be  in  line  with  those  of  the  neighbors. 

We  step  first  into  the  Bank  of  Venice  to  admire 
the  frieze,  a  series  of  panels  of  Venetian  life,  in  heavy 
blue  effects.  Then  we  peep  in  at  the  handsome 
bowling  alley  across  the  way,  where  walls  of  red, 
relieved  by  heavy  imitation  ebony,  scarlet  carpeting 
and  deep  brown  leather  wall  seats  give  an  air  of 
richness  to  the  whole. 

From  here  we  pass  on  to  the  European  and  Oriental 
Exposition,  where  Aladdin's  lamp  seems  to  have  been 
rubbed  to  supply  wonders  for  this  Venice  of  the  Pacific. 
Great  Japanese  booths  are  everywhere,  and  we  may 
purchase  any  number  of  oddities.  There  are  purses 
of  red  or  blue  silk,  or  of  leather,  in  green  and  yellow 
design ;  queer,  crude  china  figures  of  men  and  women, 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  75 

and  heavy  brass  egg-shaped  cups  and  the  hke,  as  well 
as  pictures  in  India  ink  which  sadly  tempt  our 
purses.  We  cannot  resist  purchasing  some  of  the  tiny 
lockets  of  bone,  containing  five  dice,  each  one  per- 
fect and  yet  each  no  larger  than  a  good  sized  pin-head. 

Continuing  up  the  pier,  we  come  to  another  shop, 
where  an  ingenious  man  has  learned  how  to  make  orna- 
ments out  of  seaweed.  Just  how  this  is  done  is  a  secret. 
The  windows  are  filled  with  curious  Uttle  brown  and 
white  figures,  principally  brownies,  with  white  bands 
about  their  heads,  and  high  collars,  standing  on  small 
ornamental  platforms.  For  these  we  learn  the  bull- 
kelp  species  of  seaweed  alone  is  used — ^this  having 
a  great  air-ball  on  the  top,  and  the  string  being  prob- 
ably forty  to  fifty  feet  long.  The  plant  is  gathered 
green,  and  the  kelp  prepared,  for  perhaps  three  to 
four  months,  by  a  secret  process,  before  ready  for  use. 
Then  black,  green,  and  cream  or  yellow  kelp  are  worked 
together  for  the  desired  effects.  Ladies'  hats  are 
made  of  it,  which  cannot  be  hurt  by  the  rain.  Belts, 
resembling  rattlesnake  skin,  and  even  tiny  tea-pots 
and  the  hke,  are  formed  of  this  elastic  material. 

Retracing  our  steps  from  this  pier,  we  can  either 
indulge  in  the  swings  on  the  beach,  or  the  carousal, 
or  drop  into  one  of  the  bath-houses  for  a  plunge  in 
the  brine.  Here,  too,  we  meet  the  Venice  barker, 
a  tall  negro  in  a  sailor  suit,  calling  for  this  show  or 
that.  Then  we  come  to  another  bathing  pavihon, 
built  in  truly  Venetian  style.  The  bath-rooms  on  the 
second  and  third  floors  are  each  surrounded  by  ver- 
andas, and  these  are  enclosed  by  imitation  yellow 
marble  colunms,  rising  to  an  open-work  roof. 


76  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

Now  we  are  on  the  Midway.  Here  we  find  an  expert 
checker  player  wilHng  to  play  with  anyone  at  ten  cents 
a  game,  and  keeping  up  games  with  five  different 
persons  at  once.  There  are  also  German  frankfurter 
stands,  Japanese  ping-pong  tables,  and  the  usual 
shows,  such  as  the  doll-woman,  darkness  and  dawn, 
the  house  of  mirth  (where  the  barker  is  dressed  like 
a  gorilla),  a  chicken  farm  where  you  try  to  hit  the 
chickens  with  a  soft  ball,  and  so  on.  A  working  mine, 
and  an  oriental  theater,  palmists  and  cafes  are  also 
here.  One  barker,  however,  interests  us  greatly,  for 
he  is  a  ventriloquist  of  first-rate  ability.  He  carries 
a  doll  in  his  arms,  and  it  is  difficult  to  realize  that  it  is 
not  the  doll  but  his  own  voice  answering  his  different 
questions,  for  his  lips  are  closed,  while  those  of  the 
doll  are  moved  by  means  of  hidden  springs. 

This  part  of  Venice  is  a  pleasure  resort,  and  the 
management  is  constantly  on  the  lookout  for  changes  in 
the  style  of  amusement  so  that  the  fun-loving  crowds 
of  Los  Angeles  will  get  into  the  habit  of  coming  here. 

When  evening  approaches  we  are  rather  tired, 
and  glad  to  beat  a  retreat  back  to  Los  Angeles. 

UP  ANOTHER  MOUNTAIN  PEAK 

Our  next  trip  is  to  be  from  the  sea-level  sk}^ward 
again,  this  time  on  a  route  that  no  tourist  omits, — 
the  traction  up  Mt.  Lowe.  We  go  by  street  car  from 
Los  Angeles  direct,  and  as  part  of  the  route  has  been 
covered  before,  on  the  way  we  read  a  little  booklet 
descriptive  of  the  mountain. 

We  find  that  the  bald  top  of  Mt.  Lowe  (Lo)  stands 
six  thousand  one  hundred  feet  above  sea  level,  and 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


77 


that  the  Alpine  Tavern  at  the  end  of  the  electric 
railway  is  eleven  hundred  feet  below  this  summit. 
The  real  grade  of  the  trip  begins  at  sixty  feet  to  the 
hundred,  and  on  its  greatest  steeps  we  rise  sixty- 
two  feet  in  ever}^  hundred.  Statistics  are  usually 
uninteresting,  but  here  we  are  glad  to  learn  that  the 
inchne  up  Mt.  Echo  has  a  length  of  five  thousand  feet, 


ASCENDING  MT.   LOWE 


while  the  direct  height  is  fourteen  hundred  feet; 
we  also  scan  the  table  of  heights  of  other  peaks — ^Mt. 
Washington's  ascent  three  miles  in  length;  that  of 
Pilatus,  which  we  made  on  our  Little  Journey  to  Swit- 
zerland, likewise  three;  up  the  Sch}Tiige  Platte  the 
ride  is  four  miles  and  a  third ;  while  up  the  Rigi  Vitze- 
nau   it  is  four  and  a  half  miles;   at  Monte  Generosa 


78  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO  '\ 

it  is  five  miles  and  a  half ;  the  trip  up  Pike's  Peak  is 
eight  miles  and  a  half.  From  Los  Angeles  to  the 
Alpine  Tavern  on  Mt.  Lowe  is  exactly  twenty-five 
miles,  of  which  eight  are  mountain-riding. 

While  we  are  journeying  towards  the  mountains,  a 
friend  gives  us  the  history  of  the  building  of  this  rail- 
way. It  was  the  project  of  D.  J.  Macpherson  who  in- 
terested Professor  T.  S.  C.  Lowe  who  had  recentty  moved 
from  the  East  to  make  his  permanent  home  in  Pasadena^ 
Professor  Lowe  was  bom  at  Jefferson  Mills,  now  known 
as  Ri  vert  on,  in  New  Hampshire.  Though  poor,  he 
was  a  great  student  and  full  of  laudable  ambition. 
He  studied  chemistry  as  a  young  man,  and  then  for 
several  years  made  ascensions  in  a  balloon  for  the 
purpose  of  studying  the  currents  of  the  upper  atmos- 
phere, so  that  thereby  he  could  further  the  interests, 
not  only  of  science  but  of  commerce,  by  operating  air- 
ships to  and  fro  across  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  In  Aprils 
1861,  he  sailed  in  a  balloon  from  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  to 
the  Atlantic  Coast  in  South  Carolina,  800  miles,  in  nine 
hours.  When  the  Civil  War  broke  out,  he  proffered 
his  services  to  President  Lincoln  for  the  purpose  of 
organizing  an  aeronautic  corps  for  the  United  States 
Army,  with  which  he  proposed  to  watch  the  opera- 
tions of  the  enemy  in  the  field. 

After  the  close  of  the  war,  he  interested  himself  in 
scientific  discovery,  inventing  and  perfecting  the  ice 
machine,  the  refrigerator-steamship  and  new  processes 
of  making  illuminating  and  heating  gas.  With  the 
fortune  he  had  accumulated  he  removed  to  Pasadena, 
and  there  engaged  in  the  construction  of  this  unique 
railway  to  soar  above  the  clouds. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  79 

UP   IN   A   MOUNTAIN-CLIMBER 

This  car  consists  of  three  tiers  of  two  benches  each, 
each  bench  seating  five  persons.  The  car  stands  in  a 
nook  surrounded  by  the  forest-covered  mountains, 
where  the  bubbhng  of  a  brook  is  audible  from  below. 

We  look  up  at  the  steep  incline  and  are  surprised  to 
find  only  three  rails,  although  we  are  told  that  there 
is  one  car  to  ascend  and  one  to  descend.  At  first  we 
cannot  understand  how  it  is  possible  for  two  cars  to 
n.m  on  three  rails,  until  we  dimly  discern,  what  ap- 
pears to  be  nearly  at  the  top  of  the  incUne,  a  turn-out, 
where  there  are  four  tracks,  two  for  the  ascending 
car  and  two  for  the  descending  one.  Of  course  we  ex- 
pect that  these  turn-outs  will  be  manipulated  by  a 
switch  as  on  the  ordinar}^  railways,  but  we  find  this  is 
not  the  case.  By  an  ingenious  contrivance  of  Profes- 
sor Lowe's  the  middle  rail  is  simply  spUt,  as  it  were, 
and  the  ascending  car  turns  to  the  left  and  the  descend- 
ing car  turns  to  the  right  as  they  meet  at  this  center 
point  of  the  incline. 

WTien  we  arrive  at  the  top  we  are  much  interested 
in  watching  the  operation  of  the  machinery'  that  raises 
and  lowers  the  cars  on  the  Inchne.  It  is  run  by  elec- 
tricity which  moves  a  monster  iron  wheel  called  a  grip 
sheave,  placed  in  a  slopingly  horizontal  position,  the 
outer  rim  of  which  is  composed  of  seventy  steel  jaws. 
As  this  wheel  revolves  the  cable  is  seized  by  these  jaws, 
which  automatically  release  the  cable  after  a  half 
revolution  has  been  made.  The  whole  machiner}^  is  so 
wonderfully  contrived  and  deUcately  balanced  that  if 
any  accident  were  to  happen  to  the  operator,  and  the 
descending  car  v/ere  to  go  even  the  sHghtest  degree 


80  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

quicker  than  it  should,  the  whole  machinery  would 
stop  and  the  cars  be  brought  to  a  standstill.  After 
nearly  twenty  years  of  operation,  there  has  never  been 
an  accident,  and  while  it  appears  to  be  the  most  dan- 
gerous railway  in  the  world,  in  actual  experience  it  has 
proven  to  be  the  safest. 

On  the  roof  of  the  power  house  is  located  the  monster 
Search  Light  that  was  operated  at  the  Chicago  World's 
Fair.  It  was  purchased  by  Professor  Lowe  for  the 
purpose  of  studying  the  clouds  and  upper  air  currents. 
Every  night  its  gigantic  beam  of  light  of  3,000,000 
candle  power  is  shot  down  into  the  towns  and  cities  at 
even  a  distance  of  twenty  to  thirty  miles.  The  sailors 
sometimes  come  into  the  harbor  and  report  that  they 
distinctly  saw  its  light  at  a  distance  of  sixty  miles. 

We  see  on  Echo  Mountain  the  ruins  of  a  large  and 
fine  hotel  that  was  destroyed  by  fire  some  years  ago. 
It  is  now  promised  that  it  will  soon  be  rebuilt.  A 
cannon  is  fired  on  the  other  side  of  the  narrow  mountain 
top  and  we  hear,  in  the  reverberating  echoes,  many 
times  repeated,  why  this  is  called  Echo  Mountain. 

We  then  take  our  seats  in  an  ordinary  electric  car 
which  whirls  us  rapidly  to  the  heights  above,  around 
the  wonderful  Circular  Bridge,  through  Granite  Gate 
to  Alpine  Tavern,  5,000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 
This  is  a  delightful  ride  around  swinging  curves,  on 
elevated  granite  shelves,  and  looking  down  into  pro- 
found canyon  depths. 

A  BIT  OF  TRANSPLANTED  SWITZERLAND 

This  part  of  Mt.  Lowe  is  like  a  bit  of  Switzerland 
transplanted  to  the  far  West.  The  tavern  is  built 
like  a  Swiss  chalet, — ^its  upper  story  of  Ught  yellow 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  81 

wood.  In  the  reception  room  a  great  log  fire  burns 
upon  heavy  andirons,  and  to  right  and  left  of  it  huge 
logs  are  piled.  A  kettle  swings  over  the  fire,  upon 
its  crane,  as  in  Whittier^s  ^'Snow-bound.''  A  great 
wooden  chimney-piece  reaches  to  the  ceiling,  and 
above  it  the  words  ^'Ye  Ornament  of  the  House  is  ye 
Gueste  who  Doth  frequent  it!^^  are  inscribed  in  Old 
English  letters. 

Of  course  our  appetite  impels  us  at  once  to  dine, 
after  which  we  start  on  a  walk  to  the  top  of  Mt. 
Lowe.  We  might  hire  a  burro  for  this  purpose,  but 
prefer  stretching  our  rather  stiff  Umbs,  and  so  take 
to  the  poor  man's  carriage  and  start  at  precisely  12:39. 

THE  WALK  TO   THE   TOP 

A  STEEP,  gravelly  trail  leads  through  the  brown 
earth-bank  and  among  tangles  of  oak,  so  that  it  is 
often  hard  to  find  the  way.  We  see  only  an  olive-like 
brown-stalked  shrub,  pin-oaks,  wet  with  the  fog, 
and  pines  that  sing  and  sough.  Here  and  there,  there 
are  little  points  of  attraction,  of  which  the  Rainbow 
Springs  is  one.  Then,  too,  one  can  stop  to  feed  the 
very  tame  grey  squirrels  of  which  the  trees  are  full. 
By  and  by,  however,  we  find  that  we  are  in  the  very 
heart  of  the  mountains.  Chain  on  chain  of  granite 
peaks,  looking  like  white  or  pink  marble,  rise  out  of 
the  forests  of  oak.  At  the  edges  of  these  cliffs  there  are 
jumbled  masses  of  scrub  and  rock.  We  get  a  brief 
view  and  then  the  fogs  fall  and  all  is  hidden,  and,  as 
on  our  ascent  of  the  Meeraugerspitze  in  our  Little 
Journey  to  Hungary,  we  are  soon  walking  on  the 
brink  of  what  seems    like   a  bottomless   abyss.      By 


82  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

half -past  one  it  begins  to  pour,  so  we  have  to  turn 
back  and  run  for  cover. 

travelers'  trials 

Here  becomes  apparent  the  difference  between  genuine 
sight-seers  and  tourists.  The  sight-seer  comes  to 
see.  If  today  he  cannot  go  up  the  mountain  he  stays 
until  tomorrow,  or  the  next  day.  For,,  argues  he, 
what  is  the  good  of  going  farther  without  having  seen 
what  is  before  us?  The  tourist,  however,  is  content 
to  let  the  top  of  Mt.  Lowe  pass  unvisited  and  takes 
the  next  car  back. 

Hardly  are  we  safe  at  the  tavern  before  it  begins  to 
hail  on  the  mountain.  The  hail  is  sharp  and  fine  and 
sticks  deep  in  places.  It  is  cozy  at  the  windows  now, 
listening  to  the  beating  of  the  hail-stones  on  the  pane 
.and  the  crackle  of  the  logs  here  within. 

Meantime  we  hear  people  talking  of  the  mountain. 
Some  one  tells  how  originally  an  Alpine  club  had  a 
hostelry  here,  and  how  even  now  in  the  forest,  which 
is  a  government  timber  reservation,  deer  and  black 
bear  are  found.  Probably  we  shall  meet  the  chief 
ranger  of  the  forest,  and  each  such  ranger,  we  learn, 
has  to  watch  over  some  ten  thousand  acres.  His 
principal  precaution  is  against  forest  fires  and  when 
these  are  detected  he  telephones  to  other  rangers 
to  come  to  his  help.  Hunters  with  guns  are  excluded, 
unless  provided  with  permits  for  rifle-hunting,  which 
can  be  obtained.  These  rangers  have  an  interesting 
time  among  themselves ;  but  their  life  is  a  lonely  one, 
for  they  live  in  camps,  six  men  to  a  camp,  and  each 
camp   is   eight   miles   from  the  next.     There  in  the 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  85 

log-cabin  or  the  shake-roof  tent,  they  tell  stories 
or  play  cards  when  off  duty. 

Another  carload  of  people  comes  up  and  in,  wet 
from  the  trip.  They  dry  off  before  the  sweet,  balsam- 
breathing  logs,  while  mountain  tales  are  recounted. 
At  half -past  four,  however,  there  is  a  noticeable  clear- 
ing out  of  the  toarists,  for  the  last  down-car  leaves 
then  and  only  those  remaining  over  night  will  be  left. 

The  sun  has  by  this  time  come  out  again,  and  we 
once  more  make  the  climb  to  the  top.  An  electric 
railway  to  this  summit  is  projected,  we  are  told,  so 
we  wish  to  go  in  pioneer  fashion  while  we  may.  We 
find  now  that  holly  bushes  and  mazanita  make  their 
appearance  beyond  the  point  where  the  hail-storm 
routed  us,  and  while  the  thunder  rumbles  on  other 
mountains,  we  scale  a  narrow  rocky  trail,  zig-zagging 
ever  below  us  as  we  ascend,  to  points  where  the 
valley  is  unfolded  in  all  its  beauty.  Our  hearts  are 
pumping  with  the  altitude  as  much  as  with  the  chmb, 
and  so  we  stop  to  rest  a  moment  on  the  rock,  while 
some  one  recalls  Professor  Lowe  who  projected  the 
car  route  on  the  peak. 

At  one  place  on  the  forest  cUmb  we  pass  through  a 
grove  of  fine  oaks,  and  to  these  we  find  ever\^  passer-by 
has  hung  his  visiting  card.     So  we  add  our  cards. 

After  a  considerable  journey,  we  are  on  the  i^ery 
top,  an  open  area  with  some  old  barren  trees,  and  a 
flag-staff  minus  Old  Glory.  It  is  now  5:10  P.  M. 
and  our  pedometer  shows  that  here  we  enter  on  the 
third  hundred  miles  of  walking  we  have  done  on  this 
trip.  Down  mountain  is  always  faster  than  up, 
and  at  five  minutes  to  six  we  are  back  at  the  tavern. 


84 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


At  supper  we  gather  round  the  log  fire  to  enjoy  its 
warmth,  and  then,  in  the  evening,  at  the  two  tables 
in  the  sitting-room  young  and  old  indulge  in  various 
games,  while  a  great  fire  sings  its  accompaniment. 


THE    OTHER   SIDE    OF   THE   TRIP 

The.  next  morning,  of  course,  we  want  to  descend 
from  Mt.  Lowe.  The  day  is  gorgeous  and  everything 
assumes  so  different  an  aspect  as  to  make  it  appear 
almost  a  different  excursion.  We  are  awakened  at 
six  by  a  hand-bell,  while  it  is  still  so  dark  here 
above  the  clouds  that  we  need  the  electric  light  to 
;see  to  dress. 

After  breakfast  we  find  that  only  our  party  is  to 
go  down  in  the  first  car,  which  leaves  at  half-past 


READY  TO  DESCEND  MT.   LOWE 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  85 

eight,  so  we  have  the  car  to  ourselves.  As  far  as  Echo 
Mountain  the  journey  is  the  same  as  yesterday,  of 
course,  but  when  we  arrive  here  we  now  stop  off,  to 
visit  Lowe  Observatory,  maintained  by  the  car  com- 
pany, that,  on  two  nights  of  the  week,  tourists  may 
come  and  view  the  simpler  wonders  of  the  heavens 
under  the  guidance  of  Prof.  Larkin,  one  of  the  great 
comet  discoverers  of  our  countr}^  Formerly  Prof. 
Swift,  whose  specialty  also  was  comets,  and  who  was 
world-renowned,  was  here,  remaining  in  charge,  in 
fact,  until  his  e^^esight  failed  him,  and  he  removed 
to  Marathon,  X.  Y. 

We  enjoy  the  ride  down  immensely.  The  sky  is  a 
beautiful  blue  and  we  can  see  chain  on  chain  of  moun- 
tains unfold  as  we  descend.  Looking  through  the 
shrubbery  and  the  tall  pines,  we  peer  into  canyons 
completely  clothed  with  verdure,  and  then  beyond 
to  the  valley  with  the  great  flat  city,  where  the  white 
steam-curls  from  trains  rise  sk}^ward  at  intervals. 
Beyond  the  city  are  square  cultivated  patches,  and 
we  see  areas  of  low  fogs,  like  distant  seas,  in 
other  places.  There  is  just  a  deUghtful  chill  in  the 
air,  appropriate  to  a  mountain  excursion;  this  is  a 
little  sharper  in  the  forests  of  wild  holly  and  hve-oak 
than  elsewhere. 

A  MOUNTAIN    CHARACTER 

At  the  observ^atory,  a  small  white  building  on  the 
top  of  a  knoll,  near  the  head  of  the  incline,  we  meet 
Prof.  Larkin.  He  is  a  t^^ical  gentleman  of  the 
old  school,  in  shiny  black  suit,  and  black  skull  cap, 
and  it  is  almost  with  disappointment  that  we  do  not 


86 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


find  him  adding  knee-breeches  to  complete  his  costume. 
He  shows  us  the  telescope,  which  he  hid  in  a  reservoir 
on  the  bluff  in  order  to  save  it  when  the  great  hotel 
fire  on  this  bluff  in  December  of  1905  threatened  the 
observatory. 

Then  we  return  to  the  top  of  the  incline  and  enter 
a  car  to  descend.     There  is  not  even  a  conductor  now 


NEWSPAPER  VENDER,  LOS  ANGELES 

to  accompany  us,  and  our  party  makes  the  trip  quite 
alone  in  the  little  car,  leaving  at  10:20.  Suddenly  a 
phantom  sea,  caused  by  fogs  which  never  rise  above 
two  thousand  seven  hundred  or  three  thousand  feet 
at  the  utmost,  appears  among  the  orange  groves  in 
the  San  Gabriel  Valley.  Then  the  views,  ever  un- 
folding, so  compel  our  interest  that  we  forget  all  about 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  87 

even^thing  but  that  at  which  we  look.  At  10 :28  we  are 
at  the  foot  of  the  inchne  and  ready  for  the  cars  for 
the  city.  These  leave  at  10:40  A.  M.  and  at  two  min- 
utes past  eleven  we  are  again  in  Pasadena.  Thence 
back  to  Los  Angeles  by  easy  stages  we  make  our 
way  in  season  for  lunch. 

SAN   GABRIEL^A   BIT   OF   OLD    SPAIN 

From  Los  Angeles,  in  the  afternoon,  we  again 
take  our  departure,  this  time,  however,  for  a  journey 
not  quite  so  lengthy,  to  the  neighboring  hamlet  of 
San  Gabriel  (San  Gah'bre-el),  whe^  the  famous  old 
San  Gabriel  Mission  stands.  San  Gabriel  is  one  of 
the  excursions  to  which  we  shall  look  back  later  with 
delight.  So  primitive  and  beautiful  is  the  town,  that 
our  recollections  of  it  can  never  be  effaced. 

We  take  the  traction  once  again,  and  find  the 
ride  rather  an  uninteresting  one.  Real  estate  subdi- 
visions are  the  principal  adornments  of  the  country 
through  which  we  pass,  until  later  we  come  to  the 
orange  groves. 

From  the  outset  we  are  charmed  with  San  Gabriel. 
There  is  a  quaint  Uttle  tavern,  then  a  general  mer- 
chandise shop,  and  after  that,  count r}^  homes  among 
the  trees;  these  have  the  roofs  slanting  over  the  side 
walls  to  pillars  along  the  curb.  Hardly  any  of  the 
buildings  are  more  than  one  story  high,  and  the  roofs, 
even  that  of  the  little  hotel,  are  moss-grown. 

Ahead,  among  these  picturesque  homes,  rises  the 
old  mission,  its  walk  flanked  with  palms  on  the  one 
side  and  the  narrow  old  cement  wall  on  a  bed  of 
brick  on  the  other.     In  the  rear  of  the  church,  also 


88 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


surrounded  by  a  wall,  there  is  a  garden  of  tall  gera- 
niums and  roses,  upon  which  looks  the  long  white 
ground-floor  porch  of  the  priests'  home,  overhung 
with  ivy.  In  front  stands  the  church  itself,  yellow 
and  ancient. 

Stepping  inside,   we   find   the  walls  whitewashed, 


A  SPANISH  TAVERN  AT  SAN  GABRIEL 


and  hung  with  rather  crude  pictures  of  the  Apostles, 
all  in  heavy  frames.  Small  oblong  windows,  high  up 
in  the  walls,  give  light  to  this  interior,  and  while  we 
take  seats  in  the  old  wooden  pews,  a  young  cleric 
repeats  the  story  of  the  mission — ^how  the  church 
was  built  about  1771,  the  statues  and  decorations 
being  brought  from  both  Spain  and  Mexico  at  that 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  89 

time.  He  points  out  to  us  the  several  figures  on  the 
altar,  the  paintings  and  the  old  brick  floor,  and  then, 
at  one  side,  the  pulpit  from  which  the  fathers  preached 
to  the  Indians.  Then,  while  he  tells  how  the  bodies 
of  five  priests  were  buried  inside  the  church  to  keep 
the  Indians  from  looting  their  graves  (for,  as  their 
chiefs  were  buried  with  all  their  treasure,  they  thought 
that  the  priests  would  be  interred  likewise) ,  the  priest 
leads  us  into  a  httle  baptistery^  annex,  in  the  center 
of  which  small  whitewashed  room  is  a  stone  block 
surmounted  by  a  great  pan  or  font  with  a  Ud  of 
hammered  copper,  brought  from  Spain  a  century  and 
a  half  ago.  With  water  from  a  well  in  a  comer  near  by 
three  hundred  Indians  were  baptized  at  this  font. 
Only  last  Sunday,  he  adds,  two  children  were  baptized 
here,  for  the  mission  is  still  in  use  as  a  Roman  CathoHc 
Church,  the  congregation  numbering  about  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty.  Years  ago  the  mission  lands  were 
confiscated,  but  there  still  remain  to  San  Gabriel 
about  a  hundred  acres,  set  out  largely  in  oranges, 
arid  these  lands  are  worked  by  the  priests  themselves. 

From  the  church  we  wander  on  into  the  old  Mexican 
cemetery,  where  each  grave  is  surrounded  by  a  paUng, 
and  is  adorned  with  a  large  wooden  cross,  the  arm 
ends  of  which  are  quite  ornamental.  Old  Spanish 
epitaphs  mingle  here  with  EngUsh,  for  the  cemetery 
is  still  in  use.  Even  as  we  leave  the  place,  in  fact, 
we  see  six  Httle  children  bearing  a  child's  cofhn  into 
the  cemeter}^,  and  behind,  on  foot,  a  number  of  women, 
following  the  grave-digger. 

If  we  had  time,  we  should  enjoy  taking  a  peep  into 
the  Uves  of  these  people,  for  they  are  typically  Spanish. 


90  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

Their  principal  article  of  food^  for  example,  is  the 
tamale  (tah-mah'leh),  a  dish  consisting  of  beef  or 
chicken,  corn  and  olives,  mixed  together  and  ground 
fine  in  a  machine  intended  for  the  purpose,  then 
highly  seasoned,  wrapped  in  corn-husks  and  boiled, 
^nd,  too,  they  are  very  fond  of  tortillas  (tor-tiFyahs), 


FIVE  MILES  OF  ORANGE  GROVES 


which  are  made  of  an  unsalted  corn-paste  and  resem- 
ble unleavened  bread,  the  dough  being  patted  into 
very  thin  cakes  which  are  usually  cooked  on  the  out- 
door stoves.  These  tortillas  put  us  in  mind  of  taste- 
less pancakes.  For  feasts  chili-con-carne  is  added, 
with  wine,  if  it  can  be  afforded. 

Most  of   the  women  here  make  a  living  by  picking 
oranges,  lemons,  walnuts,  and  berries.     School  attend- 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  91 

ance  is  very  lax  and  so  the  children  join  their 
mothers,  whole  families  riding  out  in  merry  wagon- 
loads,  to  do  the  picking. 

Continuing  our  stroll  through  San  Gabriel  village, 
the  little  whitewashed  frame  houses  with  the  verandas 
on  the  second  floor  overshadowed  by  pepper-trees,  the 
old  tavern  with  its  slanting  posts,  and  the  grape-vine 
tavern  from  which  floats  the  music  of  a  Spanish 
guitar,  interest  us  greatly.  In  the  courtyard  of  the 
tavern  we  are  shown  what  is  claimed  to  be  the 
largest  grape-vine  in  the  world.  It  rises  from  a  trunk 
composed  of  three  or  four  intertwining  vines,  and 
climbs  from  post  to  post  in  the  yard.  The  roots  of 
this  vine,  it  is  stated,  stretch  out  for  two  hundred 
feet  in  each  direction,  and  its  age  is  estimated  at  a 
hundred  and  fifty  years. 

This  seen,  we  start  back  to  Los  Angeles,  arriving 
there  a  little  before  half-past  four  o^clock. 

LONG   BEACH 

At  FIVE,  we  are  again  aboard  a  car  bound  for  Long 
Beach  and  the  Pacific.  These  cars  take  one  through 
the  poorer  district  of  Chinatown  and  notably  among 
the  laundries.  There  we  are  amused  to  see  what 
look  like  balloons,  dangling  inverted,  on  the  roofs. 
They  are,  it  seems,  the  laundry  hung  out  to  dry  inside 
of  sheets.  The  architecture  in  this  district  is  very 
uniform,  the  homes  having  steps  at  one  side  of  the 
front,  leading  to  an  indented  porch  that  is  about 
equal  to  the  front  room  in  depth.  Innumerable  new 
real  estate  subdivisions  are  out  this  way,  for  Los 
Angeles  is  unique  the  world  over  for  these,  and  to 


92  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

open  such  a  one  the  land-owner  simply  lays  out  streets, 
plants  trees,  and  where  the  main  road  is  encountered 
puts  up  ornamental  gate-posts.  We  pass  through  the 
town  of  Watts,  and  at  about  half-past  five  are  at 
Long  Beach. 

Long  Beach  is  a  regular  summer  resort  town  with 
cottages  on  every  hand  and  an  ocean  front,  along 
which,  only  a  square  away,  the  main  street  extends. 
All  manner  of  candy  stores  and  curio  shops  are  here, 
and  we  are  especially  attracted  by  curious  jewelry  in 
the  windows  which  is  made  of  fish-scales.  There 
is  a  main  pier  running  out  into  the  sea,  and  an  aquar- 
ium, and  then,  beyond  again,  we  see  the  beautiful 
quiet  Pacific  in  the  full  moonlight,  with  the  great 
waves  dashing  in  on  the  sand,  and  the  beach  reflecting 
the  waves  before  the  water  has  fully  crept  in. 

Those  of  us  who  have  visited  the  New  Jersey  re- 
sorts are  reminded  of  them  here.  There  are  the 
popcorn  and  the  salt-water  taffy  shops,  the  dance 
halls  on  the  pier,  the  restaurants,  and  even  the  board- 
walk, leading  to  an  immense  bath-house  in  the  colonial 
style.  We  take  supper  in  a  cafe  overlooking  this 
scene,  where  there  are  sweet  peas  at  each  table  to  add 
their  fragrance  to  its  beauty. 

Recently  the  Hotel  Virginia  has  been  built  at  Long 
Beach.  It  is  one  of  the  finest  hotels  on  the  coast  and 
rivals  the  famous  beach  hotels  of  the  world. 

THE   AMERICAN   ROTTERDAM 

For  the  morrow  we  have  laid  plans  to  finish  with 
Los  Angeles  and  its  vicinity.  This  means  another 
trip  out   to  San  Pedro,  where  we  go   for  a  ramble 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  93 

among  the  wharves  of  our  miniature  Rotterdam.  So 
great  is  the  number  of  masts  in  the  shps  and  of  sailors 
on  the  quays,  and  of  pieces  of  lumber  and  the  Uke, 
that  we  call  to  mind  our  Dutch  Journey  at  once. 
Otherwise,  however,  there  is  nothing  to  see,  the  Uttle 
homes  and  stores  not  being  especially  attractive, 
and  the  famous  government  breakwater,  requiring 
a  boat  to  take  us  to  it,  being  of  greater  interest 
to  specialists  than  to  travelers  like  ourselves. 

Returning  to  the  City  of  the  Angels  for  lunch,  we 
secure  a  grape-fruit,  costing  but  a  nickel  out  here, 
to  regale  us.  Then  we  will  go  by  train  to  Dolgeville 
(Dolj-vil),  on  the  Southern  Pacific  where  cars  are  changed 
for  Pasadena,  to  see  what  has  become  of  what  was 
once  the  largest  vineyard  in  the  world.  We  find  it 
laid  out  in  a  series  of  great  real  estate  tracts, — such 
is  the  advance  in  the  value  of  property  in  the  West. 

We  continue  by  rail  to  Pasadena  for  another 
farewell  look;  and  then  returning  to  Los  Angeles,  call 
once  again  at  the  post-office  for  our  mail. 

By  the  time  this  is  done  and  our  letters  answered, 
and  we  have  had  our  tea,  we  are  quite  ready  for  bed. 

THE     MOST     SOUTHWESTERLY     RAILWAY     RIDE 
IN     THE     COUNTRY 

Our  last  morning  in  Los  Angeles  we  devote  to  shopping. 
There  are  little  nut-shells  of  views  for  this  friend,  a 
horned-toad  sandwich  for  that,  a  little  pin  of  Brazihan 
beetles  set  in  amber  or  a  handsome  jade  or  turquoise 
pin  for  some  other.  Decorated  ostrich  eggs,  match- 
cases  to  contain  a  photograph  under  a  hidden  spring, 
spun  candy,  and  so  forth,  all  tempt  us  to  purchase. 


94 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


Then,  at  2:20  P.  M.,  we  prepare  to  leave  for 
San  Diego,  on  the  most  southwesterly  stretch  of 
railway  in  the  United  States. 

While  we  are  awaiting  our  train  we  ^^read  up'^  in 
the  different  booklets  as  to  this  trip.  San  Diego 
(San  Dee-a'go)  we  find  to  be  a  city  with  a  population 
of  almost  18,000  in  1900,  increasing  to  39,000  in  1910, 


WINTER  HOME  IN  SOUTHERN  CALIFORNIA 

and  to  75,000  in  1920,  so  rapidly  is  immigration 
peopling  the  West.  The  county  in  w^hich  it  lies, 
which  is  of  the  same  jiame,  has  an  area  of  eighty-five 
hundred  square  miles,  about  equal  to  that  of  Massa- 
chusetts. 

This  part  of  California  has  as  good  soil  as  any  In 
all  the  state,  and  so  alfalfa,  vegetables,  blackberries, 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  95 

two  crops  in  a  year,  and  strawberries  the  year  around, 
to  say  nothing  of  other  small  fruits,  are  raised. 
Then  there  are  gems  found  here — such,  for  instance,  as 
kunzite,  which  is  not  known  to  exist  in  any  other  part 
of  the  world. 

San  Diego  City,  the  county  seat,  is  but  fifteen  miles 
from  the  border  of  Mexico,  and  it,  therefore,  is  our 
most  southwestern  city  of  any  importance. 

Now  the  train  is  off.  For  company  we  have  an  old 
Wells  Fargo  agent  who  recounts  tales  of  the  CaUfor- 
nia  staging  days,  and  a  couple  of  Theosophist 
organizers,  of  whose  work  at  Point  Loma  (Lo'mah) 
we  shall  learn  more.  The  country  at  first  is  fl^t, 
then  rolling,  and  interspersed  with  orange  groves  and 
oUve  orchards.  At  Anaheim  (An-a-haim)  we  are  in 
the  great  walnut  region,  and  here  and  at  other  stops 
pecans — salted  and  in  Uttle  paper  sacks — are  sold, 
much  as  pistachio  nuts  were  in  Roumania.  At  Cap- 
istrano  (Cap-iss-trah'no),  too,  where  now  there  are 
only  some  old  adobe  houses,  with  the  Mexican  women 
at  work  on  their  blankets,  and  a  few  modem  homes, 
recollections  of  Verne,  and  also  of  ^^Two  Years  Before 
the  ^lasf'  are  brought  vividly  to  mind,  while  the  ruins 
of  one  of  the  old  Franciscan  missions  are  to  be  seen 
from  the  cars. 

By  and  by  we  strike  the  sea  and  follow  it  along  to 
our  destination.  The  track  is  built  almost  at  the 
water's  edge;  in  fact  in  places  lagoons  rvm  in  under 
it,  and  here  the  wild  ducks  rise  in  flocks  as  the  cars 
whirl  by.  Sunset  on  the  broad,  shipless  ocean  is  most 
beautiful,  as  seen  from  the  train,  the  water  turning 
from  green  to  blue,  and  wonderful  cloud  forms  rising 


96  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

on  the  horizon.  Night,  however,  comes  on  quite 
suddenly  and  when  we  reach  San  Diego  at  6 :  20  P.  M., 
it  is  very  dark. 

THE    CITY   OF   SAN   DIEGO 

San  Diego  is  by  no  means  as  large  a  city  statis- 
tically as  it  seems  geographically.  In  fact,  we 
cannot  recall  a  town  that  stretches  out  so  far  in  pro- 
portion to  its  population. 

Our  first  task,  however,  is  to  take  the  'bus  for 
one  of  the  famous  tourist  hotels  on  the  heights,  where 
our  rooms  are  on  the  ground  floor,  so  that  we  just 
step  across  the  hall  to  dine.  We  shall  long  enjoy  the 
recollection  of  our  first  night  in  San  Diego.  Wish- 
ing to  call  on  a  friend  here,  met  on  another  Little 
Journey,  we  walk  out  upon  the  quiet  streets  under  a 
clear  full  moon. 

It  is  a  strange  feature  of  our  sight-seeing  that  we 
cannot  lay  out  a  definite  plan,  but  must  often  take 
events  as  chance  wills.  So  on  the  very  first  morning 
of  our  stay  at  San  Diego  we  learn  that  an  excursion 
party  is  to  leave  by  wagonette  for  Tia  Juana  (Tee'ah 
Wah'nah),  or,  as  it  is  translated  from  the  Mexican, 
^^Aunt  Jane,'' — just  over  the  Mexican  border — and 
that  it  will  be  well  for  us  to  join  it. 

The  recollection  of  our  former  Little  Journey  to 
Mexico  rises  up,  and  we  excuse  ourselves  for  again 
crossing  the  border  with  the  thought  that  we  did  not 
at  thai  time  get  so  far  up  into  northwestern  Mexico 
as  we  now  are,  and  so  we  go. 

On  our  way  to  the  rendezvous,  we  note  in  the  pretty 
gardens  of   San  Diego  great  wicker  cages  filled  with 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


97 


TIA  JUAN  A 


song-birds  that  carol  here,  out  in  the  open  air,  all 
the  year  round. 

At  nine  we  leave,  a  fairly  joU}'  crowd  abDard.  In 
riding  out  of  San  Diego,  we  note  the  great  number  of 
wares  exposed  on  the  walks  before  the  stores,  a  custom 
reminding  us  of  our  European  journeys.  Occasionally 
too,  a  very  high  electric  light  tower  rises  up,  as  in 
Detroit.  San  Diego  looks  like  a  young  city,  owing 
to  the  many  vacant  lots. 

By  and  by,  we  overlook  San  Diego  Bay,  for  which 
such  great  things  are  predicted  now  that  the  Panama 
Canal  has  made  this  city  the  first  port  of  entry  for 
Uncle  Sam  from  the  south.     A  revenue  cutter  lies 


98  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

out  in  the  bay,  having  been  engaged  in  stopping  the 
constant  smugghng  in  of  Chinamen  from  Mexico 
along  this  border. 

Flowers  are  in  blossom  everywhere,  almonds  and 
trumpet  vines,  and  for  background  there  are  ever 
the  lofty  mountains  on  the  border  between  this  country 
and  Mexico, — mountains  that  rise  up  into  the  clouds. 

Presently  we  strike  the  old  national  road,  and 
overlook  a  low,  scrubby  plain  which  extends  to  those 
distant  peaks. 

When  we  have  driven  four  and  a  half  miles  from 
the  court-house  we  pass  at  last  out  of  San  Diego.  It 
is  about  twenty-four  miles  to  the  opposite  limit  of  the 
town. 

Out  of  San  Diego,  we  are  in  National  City,  its  main 
thoroughfare  hemmed  in  by  tall  eucalyptus  (u-ka-lip'- 
tus)  trees — trees  with  a  leaf  like  that  of  a  willow,  and 
great  bunches  of  black  seeds  set  in  clusters  like  grapes. 
In  these  trees,  among  the  dark  leaves,  one  often  finds 
a  lighter  grey  variety  of  leaf,*  looking  like  that  of  an 
entirely  different  species  of  tree. 

The  homes  of  National  City,  '^The  Bottom  of  our 
Country,^'  according  to  the  maps,  are  rather  suburban 
places,  set  in  great  gardens  and  interspersed  with 
meadows  where  cattle  graze.  For  a  village  or  over- 
grown hamlet  too,  this  place  spreads  out  quite  tedi- 
ously, and  by  and  by  we  are  in  open  country.  We 
realize  that  we  have  left  the  city  at  last  and  are  out 
in  the  Sweetwater  Valley.  Eight  or  ten  miles  off  Uncle 
Sam  is  building  a  great  irrigation  dam  for  this  valley. 

The  country  is  still  the  rolling  green  meadow  land, 
with  scattered  homes  and  orange  groves.     Many  of 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  99 

these  groves,  we  note,  are  edged  with  tall,  densely 
set  fir  trees,  often  cut  down  into  hedges,  whose  chief 
pjarpose  is  to  keep  out  the  sea-wind,  which  causes  the 
trees  to  scale.  Here  and  there  in  the  groves  we  see 
grooves  that  look  hke  the  runs  down  which  the  ball 
is  returned  in  a  bowling-alley.  These  are  the  remains 
of  an  irrigation  system  installed  at  one  time  when  the 
Sweetwater  River  went  dr}^ 

At  last  we  halt  at  Nestor,  a  quaint  little  cross- 
roads settlement,  where  we  find  the  most  southerly 
candy  store  in  Uncle  Sam^s  dominions.  The  place 
is  known  as  the  Pea  Nut  Office,  for  very  brown  peanuts 
are  sold  to  tourists  here  at  a  dime  a  bag,  by  a  queer 
old  man,  from  behind  the  four  shelves  of  jars  in  the 
window.  We  jot  his  sign  down  as  we  halt, — ^' Fresh 
Roasted  Pea  Nuts  and  Fresh  Nuts.  Popcorn  and 
Sweet  Cider.  Ice  for  Sale.  Notary  Public.  Real 
Estate  and  Soda-Water.^' 

At  about  twenty  minutes  to  twelve  we  strike  the 
hills,  and  follow  them  along  until  a  great  valley  opens, 
enclosing  the  town  of  Tia  Juana. 

MEXICO^  S   MOST   NORTHWESTERN   TOWN 

TiA  JuANA  is  a  very  small  place,  with  horses  and  cattle 
grazing  outside  as  they  do  about  some  Bedouin  en- 
campment, and  the  Httle  town  seeming  to  be  grouped 
about  the  bull-ring. 

The  houses  are  mere  shanties  of  one  or  two  rooms, 
whitewashed.  Round  them  play  dark-skinned  children 
with  touseled  hair,  who  look  like  Indians.  Against 
the  house  walls  red  blankets  hang  to  air.  There  is  a 
school  with  four  doors  at  the  front  and  four  windows 


100 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


between  them,  in  which  Spanish  and   the  making  of 
drawn-work  are  the  principal  studies. 

Practically  every  place  has  a  flag-staff,  but  we  see 
no  flags.  The  custom-house  is  a  shed  somewhat  more 
freshly  painted  than  the  rest;  the  old  man  in  charge 
simply,  looks  into   our  wagon  and  calls,  ^^All  right !'^ 

First,  of  course, 
we  go  to  the  dirty 
little  hotel.  A  din- 
ing-room opens  on 
one  side  of  the 
hall,  a  souvenir 
store  on  the  other. 
In  the  former  the 
tables  are  spread 
with  red  cloths, 
and  each  plate  is 
turned  down  upon 
the  tip  of  the 
knife.  For  dinner 
we  are  waited  on 
by  a  boy  of  fifteen 
and  his  sister,  who 
speak  English 
w^ell.  We  are 
served  chili-con- 
came,  but  otherwise  the  meal  is  an  American  one. 
Then  we  look  over  the  rest  of  the  town.  We  count 
just  six  main  stores,  each  of  one  room  and  each  with 
sign-board  high  up  over  it,  which  in  turn  is  surmounted 
by  a  flag-pole.  Practically  the  chief  revenue  of  the 
place  is  derived  from  the  tourist,  and  there  are  raffia 


^^>^mm 

4r 

JHI 

^-^A 

-  ♦^^ 

^KiH 

^^. 

^-^ 

pMB  ^  jtftt|> 

I^^^^^^^^V     \i 

H'''PSW 

■PP^B 

-^mi 

*s^^^p 

Jr^ 

^ 

MH^^H 

^ 

_ 

MEXICAN  TYPE 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  101 

baskets  of  gay  design,  blankets,  hats,  drawn-work, feather 
pictures  and  pottery  for  sale.  Graphophones  which 
play  plaintive  Spanish  airs,  principally  ^'La  Paloma," 
are  to  be  heard.     We  enjoy  our  stroll  greatly. 

Had  we  time,  we  might  join  a  hunting  expedition 
into  northernmost  Mexico,  or  go  to  the  Agua  Cahente 
(Ah'gwah  Kah-le-en'teh)  Hot  Springs,  two  and  a  half 
miles  distant. 

Instead,  however,  we  ride  back  across  the  Une  to 
the  American  town  of  Ti  (Tee— to  differentiate  from 
the  Mexican  ^'Tia")  Juana,  just  over  the  river,  where'' 
countless  sheep  feed  on  the  burr-clover.  Not  less 
than  six  thousand  dollars  was  paid  to  our  government 
in  one  month  by  Frenchmen  as  duty  on  stock.  We' 
also  see  some  of  the  wild  burros  captured  in  the 
Mexican  mountains  close  by,  and  then  stop  to  read 
the  inscription  on  the  border  monument.  A  station 
of  the  border  patrol,  too,  interests  us,  and  then 
we  pass  back  into  our  own  countr}^  by  way  of  the 
American  custom-house.  '• 

The  road  is  ver^^  similar  to  that  by  which  we  came, 
but  the  tedium  is  Ughtened  by  tales  of  smugghng 
which  various  passengers  recount. 

When  we  return  to  San  Diego  we  are  very  tired 
and  quite  ready  for  early  bed-time. 

A   SAUNTER   IN   SAN   DIEGO 

Realizing  that  we  have  not  yet  seen  San  Diego  itself, 
our  resolution,  before  falling  asleep,  is  to  devote  the 
next  morning  to  that  purpose. 

Bright  and  early,  therefore,  we  are  up,  to  ^^do" 
Uncle  Sam's  most  southwesterly  city.     We  have,  how- 


102  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

ever,  first  a  letter  to  write  and  we  note  that  the  letter- 
head provided  by  the  hotel   has  at   the   top,     '  The 

temperature  here  today  is  ,'^  for  if   there   is  one 

thing  of  which  these  people  are  proud,  and  rightly,  it  is 
their  wonderful  climate.  Passing  down  to  the  town, 
we  skirt  a  park  of  about  fourteen  hundred  acres,  catch 
a  gUmpse  of  the  home  of  General  Grant  and  then  are 
attracted  by  the  gardens,  in  which  residents  have 
erected  aviaries  for  singing-birds  like  those  in 
the  story  of  the  ^ Three  Sisters'^  in  the  Arabian  Nights. 
Even  in  the  heart  of  town  we  find  similar  cages,  often 
with  the  upper  part  of  glass  to  protect  the  birds  in 
the  cooler  night-time,  the  perches  being  built  up  there. 
We  note  here,  too,  that  the  front  of  the  grocery  stores 
is  of  fine  wire  screening  instead  of » glass.  This  is  to 
allow  constant  circulation  of  air.  Another  little 
oddity  that  attracts  our  eye  is  the  fact  that  the  cement 
pavements  have  the  edge  raised  possibly  an  inch, 
so  as  to  retain  rain-water  and  cause  it  to  flow  evenly 
down.  Everywhere  there  are  real-estate  offices  and 
saloons,  and  the  latter  are  indicated  by  a  series  of 
napkins  hung  from  the  bar. 

The  very  long  residence  streets  lead  ofT  from  the 
€Ourt-house;  the  houses  are  of  frame  and  built  grad- 
ually up  the  heights,  so  as  to  overlook  the  bay.  Every- 
where the  love  of  flowers  is  apparent,  and  roses,  nas- 
turtiums and  lilies  bloom  luxuriantly  in  these  balmy 
February  days. 

Here,  as  at  Venice,  we  find  a  shop  of  quaint  kelp 
ornaments,  and  then  there  are  shops  where,  as  at  Santa 
Monica,  shells  are  ground.  We  come  at  last  to  the 
bay,  at  one  end  of  the  town.  There  is  a  park  in  which 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  103 

we  see  some  fine  date  palms.  The  bay  is  dotted  witH 
the  yachts  of  the  local  yacht  club,  awaiting  their 
several  owners.  Before  returning  to  D  Street,  the 
main  thoroughfare  of  the  city,  we  shall  wish  to  patron- 
ize the  great  bath-house,  built  in  Moorish  style,  which 
is  here. 

On  our  way  back  to  the  heart  of  the  city  we  notice 
a  curio  store,  with  this  quaint  sign,  ^^  George  Wash- 
ington cut  a  cherry  tree.  We  tried  to  get  the  hatchet.'' 
We  also  take  a  snap-shot  of  the  Isis  (Eye'siss)  Temple 
Theater,  the  property  of  the  Theosophists,  of  whom 
we  shall  learn  more,  later  on,  at  Point  Loma.  Nor  can 
a  visit  to  the  gem  stores  for  which  this  section  is 
famous  be  omitted. 

GEMS    OF   THE    SOUTHWEST 

Besides  the  abalone  pearls,  of  the  roseate  hue  of  an 
abalone,  there  are  also  the  large,  scaly,  irregular  fresh- 
water pearls,  while  California  moon-stones,  polished 
jasper,  rubies  from  the  Navajo  (NahVah-ho)  reser- 
vation, smoky  topaz  from  mines  about  thirty-five 
miles  away,  black  tourmahne  and  the  famous  kunzitej 
a  pale  lavender  diamond  to  be  found,  it  is  said,  no- 
where else  on  earth,  are  all  to  be  seen  in  profusion.  We 
also  see  obsidian  arrow-points  made  by  the  Navajos, 
Having  explored  the  various  shops,  we  find  ourselves 
again  at  the  bay,  wnere  we  hear  the  bells  on  ten  war- 
ships of  the  Pacific  squadron  of  Uncle  Sam's  fleet, 
which  frequently  puts  in  here.  As  we  have  already 
said,  now  that  the  Panama  Canal  is  completed  San 
Diego  Bay  is  the  first  port  of  entry  on  our  west  coast 
from   that    waterway;   hence   it   may   have   a    great 


104 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


future.  An  old  wooden  man-of-war,  the  Pina  Pinta^ 
with  its  square  windows  and  two  heavy  masts,  its 
smoke-stacks  all  rusted  and  the  whole  sadly  in  need 
of  paint,  is  tied  up  here  as  headquarters  for  the  naval 
reserves,  in  quiet  contrast  to  the  great  warships,  the 
black  torpedoes  and  the  cruisers  in  the  bay.  Off 
across  the  water  rises  the  famous  winter  resort,  Coro-^ 
nado  (Kor-o-nah'do)   Beach. 

CORONADO    BEACH 

We  take  the  ferry  for  Coronado,  and  the  trip  across 
.the  bay  reminds  us  of  that  which  we  made  at  Boston, 
to  and  from  Winthrop,  on  our  New  England  Little 
Journey.      Stepping  off  at  the  Beach,  as  it  is  called, 


CORONADO 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  105 

we  stop  to  visit  the  two  torpedo  boats  which  are 
close  in  to  shore,  where  the  men  are  at  dinner  at  a  long 
table  stretched  under  an  awning  on  deck. 

Then  we  walk  up  the  main  avenue  of  Coronado,  the 
street  car  track  in  the  center  of  the  road,  palms  to 
right  and  left  of  it,  and  then  the  roadway,  and  after 
these  the  arbor  vitse  and  the  walk.  Here,  too,  real- 
estate  subdivisions  make  up  the  greater  part  of  the 
route  until  we  reach  a  famous  park,  filled  wdth  curious 
pines  heavy  with  cones,  and  yellow-blossoming  trees, 
resembling  the  haw.  Here  open  the  grounds  of  one 
of  the  most  famous  hotels  in  the  world.  We  come 
just  in  season  for  dinner  and  step  at  once  into  the 
great  vaulted  dining-room,  a  magnificent  hall  fit  to 
be  the  Walhalla  (Vahl-hahriah)  of  Norse  legend,  where 
the  favored  spirits  of  the  mighty  Vikings  could  carouse. 
The  sides  of  this  vast  arched  chamber  are  of  natural 
oak,  set  in  tiny  little  strips,  forming  various  geo- 
metrical patterns.  A  balcony  for  the  uniformed 
orchestra,  projecting  at  one  side,  alone  breaks  the 
severity  of  the  contour.  Below,  Chinese  bo3^s  scurry 
about,  taking  out  the  dishes,  while  white  waitresses, 
in  blue  dimity  dresses  with  neat  white  collars,  serv^e. 
At  one  end  of  the  room  is  a  switch-board  communicat- 
ing with  the  retiring-room;  a  girl  presses  different 
buttons  and  thus  announces  to  the  waiters  the  arrival 
of  the  people  they  are  to  serv^e.  The  magnificence, 
fashion  and  style  always  manifest  here,  the  Hfe  and 
the  bustle  (for  the  hotel  is  equipped  with  seven  him- 
dred  and  fifty  rooms  and  can  accommodate  a  thousand 
people,  though  the  seats  in  the  dining-room  are  for 
but  six  hundred),  are  really  worth  having  come  to  see. 


106  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

We  shall  want,  then,  thoroughly  to  explore  the  hotel 
with  its  adjacent  buildings,  the  plunge,  with  the  ^^ sea- 
horses^' to  ride,  the  tent  city  on  the  neck  of  land  run- 
ning far  out  into  the  sea,  and  then  to  stroll  out  as  far 
as  this  far-stretching  reef  reaches  into  the  sea,  so  that 
we  may  catch  a  closer  glimpse  of  the  Coronado  Islands 
away  out  in  the  ocean.  By  and  by  we  return  to  the 
hotel,  where  we  may  meet  some  former  fellow -travelers. 
Then,  as  evening  comes  on,  we  take  a  little  summer 
car,  with  the  two  benches  set  with  their  backs  to  a 
central  aisle  down  which  the  conductor  comes  to 
collect  his  fares,  back  to  the  wharf,  and  there  the 
ferry  to  San  Diego.  In  the  evening  we  may  be  fortu- 
nate enough  to  gain  admission  to  a  typical  home  in 
this  most  southwesterly  city  of  the  republic,  a  peep 
we  shall  heartily  enjoy,  but  which  will  only  serve  to 
show  that  American  homes  are  very  much  alike  all 
over  the  country. 

A  DANGEROUS  EXCURSION  TO  THE  CORNER 
OF  THE  REPUBLIC 

There  is  one  excursion  out  from  San  Diego  which  we 
as  good  travelers  will  make,  though  it  is  not  taken  by 
most  tourists,  as  it  is  expensive  and  requires  too  much 
time.  This  is  to  the  extreme  southwest  comer  of 
the  country,  where  the  United  States,  Mexico  and  the 
Pacific  meet. 

In  order  to  make  this  trip,  it  will  be  necessary  first 
to  get  a  permit  from  the  alcalde  (ahl-kahl'de)  at  Tia 
Juana,  since  that  section  of  the  country  is  a  center  for 
the  smuggling  in  of  Chinamen,  and  it  is  only  one  who 
has  some  such  purpose  in  mind  who  would  be  Ukely 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


107 


to  go  there.  In  fact,  smugglers,  persons  fleeing  from 
the  United  States  to  Mexico,  where  they  cannot  be 
arrested  and  brought  back  for  certain  crimes,  and 
again,  in  turn,  Mexicans  who  have  fled  to  our  country 
for  the  same  reason,  are  the  principal  travelers.  Now 
and  then  a  company  of  tourists  will  make  the  trip   in 


EXTREME  SOUTHWEST  CORNER  OF  OUR  COUNTRY 


order  to  gather  shells  on  the  beach,  just  below  the 
Mexican  Une ;  but  without  the  permit,  they  are  Hable 
to  arrest  by  the  border  pohce  of  either  nation. 

Except  for  the  fact  that  we  make  better  time  when 
not  stopping  to  see  things  we  have  seen  before,  the  ride 
to  Nestor  is  much  the  same  as  it  was  on  the  other  ex- 
cursion.    Meantime   our   driver,    who   served    under 


108  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

Farragut,  tells  of  how  he  occasionally  takes  passengers 
as  far  as  the  Mexican  line,  where  they  stop  to  con- 
verse  with  others  who  have  come  a  like  distance  to 
meet  them,  neither  party  daring  to  go  over  the  border. 
Again,  he  will  carry  men  to  connect  with  the  stage 
running  on  down  the  coast  to  Ensenada. 

At  a  sign  beyond  Nestor,  thirteen  and  a  half  miles 
from  San  Diego  and  three  to  Tia  Juana,  instead  of 
turning  to  the  left  and  driving  parallel  with  the  moun- 
tains, we.  follow  the  chain  at  its  base.  Down  here 
there  is  a  school-house  of  a  single  room  set  right  up 
against  the  mountain  side  and  with  a  flag  on  the  top. 
Outside  at  the  pump  the  boys  and  girls  gather,  per- 
fectly indifferent  to  the  fact  that  their  school-house 
is  the  most  southwesterly  of  all  those  in  Uncle  Sam's 
dominions.     This  is  a  mile  and  a  quarter  from  Nestor. 

Every  house  after  this  is  interesting,  for  we  are 
looking  for  the  last  inhabitant.  It  is  very  lonely  out 
here,  with  only  the  mocking-birds,  the  cypresses,  and 
in  the  road  the  yellow  California  poppies.  Now  and 
then  a  jack-rabbit  or  a  squirrel  leaps  across  the  way, 
and  we  note  the  gopher  holes  in  the  ground  in  among 
the  wild  cucumber  vines  and  low-growing  ice  plants^ 
their  thick  beet-shaped  leaves  covered  with  great  drops, 
as  on  a  sweating  ice  pitcher;  the  wild  cyclamen, 
too,  attracts  our  attention.  Otherwise  there  is  only 
the  wild,  rolling,  half -cultivated  border  land.  By  and 
by,  we  see  the  surf  leaping  high  off  on  th^  coast,  and 
we  know  we  are  coming  close  to  the  goal.  We  pass 
through  ravines  and  valleys  enclosed  by  low  buttes, 
and  then  come  out  on  rising  ground  where  there  is  a 
great  deserted  Mexican  homestead. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


109 


It  begins  to  rain  about  this  time  and  the  luncheon 
hour  is  near,  so  we  camp  here,  at  the  first  house  over 
the  Une.  The  place,  utterly  deserted,  has  an  air  of 
romance  about  it,  with  its  empty  rooms  and  falhng 
wall  paper.  From  it  we  look  out  on  the  wild,  angry 
sea  with  the  fog  rolhng  in,  and  then  landward  to  the 


BOUNDARY  MONUMENT,  EXTREME  SOUTHWEST  CORNER  OF  THE 

UNITED  STATES 

"The  man  has  one  foot  in  Mexico,  one  in  California,  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  behind  him 

valley  stretching  away  into  the  distance,  all  the 
United  States  to  our  north  and  east.  It  is  all  most 
impressive  despite  the  rain-storm. 

When  the  shower  has  ceased,  we  drive  on  to  the 
country^s  ^' corner.'^  This  is  marked  by  a  monument 
similar  to  the  one  we  saw  near  Tia  Juana — a  great 
marble  structure  enclosed    by  a  grating  and  bearing 


110  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

inscriptions  in  Spanish  and  English,  which  impress 
us  strangely  as  we  copy  them.  This  is  the  EngUsh 
version : 

Initial  Monument 

of  Boundary  Between 

Tlie  United  States  and  Mexico 

Established  by  Joint  Commission 

October  10,  1849 

Agreeably  to  the  Treaty  Dated  at  the 

City  of  Guadalupe  Hidalgo 

February  27,  1848 

Jn.  Q.  Wilber,  U.  S.  Commissioner 

Andrew  B.  Gray,  U.  S.  Surveyor 

After  we  have  inspected  this  to  our  satisfaction, 
we  gather  shells  on  the  sand  and  also  wild  flowers,  of 
which  there  are  here  innumerable  varieties.  Away 
off  from  the  road,  out  on  the  plain,  is  the  last  house 
on  this  side  of  the  border.  By  and  by  we  meet  Uncle 
Sam's  most  southwesterly  servant,  a  rural  free  delivery 
rider  named  Sinclair,  whose  route  lies  out  from  Nestor, 
The  most  southwesterly  inhabitant,  he  tells  us,  is  one 
Michael  O'Brien,  aged  sixty  years,  who  lives  in  a 
little  cottage  out  on  the  plain.  O'Brien,  having  been 
first  a  sailor,  started  in  New  York  as  a  butcher.  Then 
he  drifted  down  here  and  is  now  living  a  hermit  life, 
having  once  been  quite  wealthy.  He  has  a  little 
cabin  and  with  his  single  burro  he  gathers  kelp  to  sell 
to  ornament  makers. 

The  ride  back  is  decidedly  pleasant  in  the  setting 
sun,  through  the  meadows  glittering  with  rain-drops, 
the  meadow  larks  singing  a  song  of  triumph  as  we 
enter  San  Diego  after  having  been  to  the  extreme 
southwest  comer  of  the  country. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


111 


HARNESSING   THE   TIDES 

We  have  had  a  good  deal  of  carriage  riding  now,  and 
so  again  devote  ourselves  to  prowling  about  San 
Diego.  We  can  wander  again  among  the  gem  shops, 
where  we  are  certain  to  find  something  new  and  of 
interest.  Then  we  can  go  on  to  the  exhibition  room 
of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  where  a  unique  ap- 
paratus for  harnessing  the  tides  is  on  exhibition. 
It  consists  of  a  series  of  diamond-shaped  paddles, 
built  by  driving  piles  into  the  sea-bed,  and  between 
these  piers  are  placed  tread-mills,  which  consist  of 
endless  chains  of  floats.  The  end  of  each  mill,  then, 
is  inclined  down  into  the  water  below  the  low-tide 
mark  on  the  one  end,  and  above  it  on  the  other.     The 


UNCLE  SAM'S  MOST  SOUTHWESTERLY  SERVANT 


112  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

waves  washing  on  the  shore  are  forced  over  the  top 
of  these  tread-mills,  thus  setting  in  motion  the  paddles 
and  causing  them  to  drive  air  pumps  which  com- 
press the  air  in  tanks  to  be  used  to  drive  engines  and 
dynamos,  which,  in  their  turn,  will  generate  electricity. 
Here,  too,  we  find  innumerable  maps  serving  to 
show  the  importance  San  Diego  is  going  to  assume 


ENTRANCE  TO  POINT  LOMA 

now  that  the  Panama  Canal  is  built.  There  are  also 
•exhibitions  of  the  local  silk  culture,  for  which  the 
equable  climate  has  made  San  Diego  especially  adapt- 
able, since  the  temperature  here  has  fallen  below 
thirty-two  degrees  but  four  times  in  recorded  history. 
Of  this,  however,  we  shall  prefer  to  hear  more  when  we 
Tisit  the  ''little  old  lady  of  the  silk  worms.' ^ 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  113 

THE   LITTLE    OLD    LADY   OF   THE   SILK   WORMS 

This  queer  old  lady  has  her  rooms  on  the  second  floor 
of  an  adjoining  building.  As  we  call  on  her,  we  find 
her  to  be  a  sort  of  ^'Mistress  Blaskef  come  back 
to  life,  with  her  hair  parted  in  the  middle  and  held  by 
a  large  old-fashioned  comb.  She  wears  a  loose  red 
Mother  Hubbard  and  a  very  old-fashioned  breastpin. 
Everywhere  about  her  are  silk  worms,  in  every  stage 
of  their  brief  careers.  The  eggs  of  the  worms,  she 
tells  us,  are  shipped  from  Japan,  on  heavy  paper, 
or  else  from  France  in  round  cardboard  boxes,  per- 
forated to  admit  the  air,  and  they  bring  about  five 
dollars  a  thousand.  They  may  be  kept  in  cold 
storage  twelve  months,  but  as  soon  as  removed 
will  hatch  in  from  two  weeks  to  six  montiis;  why 
some  of  them  take  so  long  no  one  seems  to  know. 
One  miller  lays  from  two  hundred  and  fifty  to  six 
hundred  eggs.  Those  that  are  about  to  hatch  are 
grey-blue.  After  hatching  the  shells  are  white.  Worms 
just  out  of  the  egg  are  perhaps  a  tenth  of  a  millimeter 
in  length,  and  of  the  thickness  of  a  hair.  They  feed 
immediately  on  the  leaves  of  the  mulberry,  growing 
so  rapidly  that  at  the  age  of  twenty-four  days  they 
will  be  four  inches  long,  and  after  thirty-one  days 
are  ready  to  have  the  silk  taken. 

Then  it  is  that  they  make  their  cocoons,  ceasing  to 
eat,  and  being  placed  in  excelsior,  so  as  to  spin  their 
little  homes,  a  work  that  it  takes  three  days  to  com- 
plete. When  done,  the  cocoon  is  steeped  in  boiling  water 
to  prevent  the  worm  eating  its  way  out  and  so  cutting 
the  silk.     Then  one  end  of  the  long  silk  thread  (for 


114  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

all  the  cocoon  is  of  a  single  thread)  is  seized  upon  a 
stick  and  reeled  off. 

Here  at  San  Diego  it  is  then  made  into  tiny  tea- 
sets,  into  valentines  and  into  a  series  showing  the 
several  stages  of  the  silk  worm's  life,  for  use  in  the 
schools.  From  two  hundred  and  twenty  to  eighteen 
hundred  yards  of  silk  may  be  obtained  from  a  single 
cocoon.  The  silk  itself  is  secreted  in  a  little  tube 
of  the  worm's  body,  coming  out  through  two  small 
holes  in  the  lower  jaw,  as  two  fine  threads,  which  the 
worm  twists  into  one  as  he  forms  his  cocoon. 

In  the  shops  of  San  Diego,  too,  we  are  interested 
in  photographs  of  the  funeral  of  the  victims  of  the 
Bennington,  which  exploded  in  this  harbor  a  few 
years  ago  as  the  result  of  the  commander's  careless- 
ness, and  with  a  loss  of  thirty  lives. 

POINT   LOMA  AND   THE   THEOSOPHISTS 

We  cannot  leave  San  Diego  without  one  more  carriage 
excursion,  that  to  Point  Loma,  the  home  of  the  The- 
osophists  of  the  United  States.  This  place  became 
prominent  in  the  public  eye  when  ex-Secretary  of  the 
Treasury  Gage  went  there  to  live,  but  it  is  so  beauti- 
ful and  so  unique  in  its  architecture  that  we  wonder 
it  was  not  better  known  before. 

We  follow  the  shore  of  the  bay  around  until  ahead 
there  comes  in  sight  on  the  heights  what  seems  a 
sort  of  temple,  with  great  Doric  front,  standing  out 
from  afar.  Behind  this  is  a  great  glass  dome  with 
a  smaller  globe  on  top,  and  toward  this  we  ride  on. 
Here  begins  the  farm  of  the  Society,  the  whole  enclosed 
by  a  neat  white  fence  decorated  with  growing  ivy. 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


115 


Coming  to  the  entrance,  where  there  is  a  tent  city^ 
we  drive  on  to  the  great  white  gate,  Hindu  in  style^ 
which  admits  to  the  main  grounds.  A  splendid  road, 
flanked  with  beds  of  the  pink  vine  geranium,  and 
])ack  of  these  the  date  palms  hiding  from  view  almond 
orchards  and  growing  barley  or  oats,  leads  up  the  hill- 


GATE  TO  THEOSOPHIST  HEADQUARTERS  AT  POINT  LOMA 


slope  to  the  top,  where  there  is  a  semi-monastic,  semi- 
romantic  building  which  is  the  headquarters  of  the 
Association — the  glass  dome  which  we  saw  from 
afar,  its  center  surmounted  by  another  cupola;  in 
front  of  these  stands  another  dome,  lavender  in  color. 
At  the  two  comers  are  turrets  which  give  a  somewhat 
conventional  appearance  to  the  whole. 


116  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

At  the  head  of  the  lane  a  guide  meets  us.  He,  Uke 
all  the  other  men  here,  is  attired  in  a  brown  khaki  suit 
much  like  those  worn  by  the  rough  riders.  The  land 
for  four  and  a  half  miles  along  the  coast,  he  tells  us, 
is  owned  by  the  Society,  as  headquarters  for  the  inter- 
national brotherhood.  Over  this  Madame  Tingley, 
as  head  of  the  Society,  presides.  No  one,  however, 
receives  any  pay,  and  persons  come  here  simply  be- 
cause they  are  attracted  by  an  interest  in  the  work. 
Those  who  are  in  a  position  so  to  do,  support  them- 
selves financially  besides.  Children,  too,  are  brought 
here  from  all  over  the  world,  some  from  different 
local  lodges,  some  from  afar,  to  be  taught  by  the  so- 
called  Raja  Yoga  (Rah' j ah  Yoh'gah)  system  of  in- 
struction, which  develops  the  child  mentally,  morally 
and  physically  in  equal  degrees.  School  hours,  as  we 
usually  understand  the  term,  really  consume  but  two 
hours  and  a  half  a  day. 

Meantime,  however,  we  have  arrived  at  the  main 
domed  building,  known  as  the  Homestead.  This 
building  is  devoted  to  lower  class-rooms  and  studios, 
on  the  ground  floor,  and  to  the  dormitories  of  the 
girls  above.  As  there  are  some  three  hundred  chil- 
dren on  the  place,  a  good  deal  of  room  is  needed. 
Children  are  divided  into  groups  of  six  or  eight  each, 
and  each  group  is  accompanied  by  a  sort  of  tutor, 
and  a  nurse,  in  the  cases  of  the  smaller,  who  remain 
with  them  constantly. 

Continuing,  we  pass  a  number  of  pretty  bung- 
alows of  the  Theosophists,  some  of  them  used  by 
the  boys  in  their  work,  for  the  lads  live  in  groups  in 
the  bungalows  with  their  teachers.     These  bungalows, 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  117 

of  a  peculiar  ventilation  and  construction,  were  devised 
by  Madame  Tingley  herself.  The  Theosophists,  we 
learn,  do  all  their  own  work  here,  not  only  the  carpen- 
try, plumbing  and  the  rest,  but  also  the  management 
of  the  chemical  works,  the  dye  plant,  etc.  There  are 
about  as  many  adults  as  there  are  children,  between 
two  hundred  and  fifty  and  three  hundred  in  all.  Many 
more  of  the  organization  would  greatly  Uke  to  come 
here,  but  there  is  so  much  difficulty  in  maintaining 
those  whose  presence  is  felt  to  be  absolutely  necessary 
to  the  place,  that  a  rigid  selection  has  to  be  made. 

Beyond  the  bungalows  there  is  a  great  natural 
amphitheater,  the  seats  (of  wood  now,  but  to  be  re- 
placed by  stone)  facing  the  sea  near  by  and  the 
hills  that  round  off  to  the  beach.  Beyond,  on  the 
brow  of  the  hill,  another  tent  camp,  largely  for  literary 
devotees,  crowns  the  prospect. 

Before  leaving,  we  step  into  one  of  the  home 
bungalows,  that  of  a  Miss  White,  an  artist,  to  enjoy 
the  quaint,  rustic  and  at  the  same  time  artistic  fur- 
nishings, and  envy  her  the  prospect  from  her  window 
out  over  the  gardens  to  the  sea.  Spalding,  too,  the 
famous  sporting-goods  man,  has  a  home  here  which 
we  see  on  our  way. 

DINNER   IN   A   LIGHT-HOUSE 

Leaving  the  Theosophists  we  continue  our  ride 
over  the  strip  of  land  that  connects  what  is  practically 
a  mammoth  island  with  the  mainland  and  with  Point 
Loma  itself.  Ahead  we  can  see  the  Coronado  Islands 
rising  dim  in  the  fog,  while  just  ahead  the  surf  dashes 
upon  the  bluff.     Here,  too,  we  may  see  the  tallest 


118  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

light-house  in  the  United  States,  which  stands  four 
hundred  and  twenty-two  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea.  This,  however,  was  too  high  above  the  fogs 
and  hence  was  abandoned.  Later,  to  take  its  place. 
Uncle  Sam  erected  a  new  light-house  here,  which 
is  the  most  southwesterly  one  in  the  country.     This 


ft 


POINT   LOMA    LIGHT 


has  two  keepers,  each  with  his  home  close  by,  and  on 
alternate  days  these  serve  meals  consisting  of 
bread,  bologna  and  coffee.  We  prefer  the  luncheon 
we  have  brought,  but  we  want  some  coffee  to  warm 
us  and  for  this  are  charged  the  full  price  of  a  meal, 
thirty-five  cents  apiece — rather  dear  for  a  cup  of 
coffee,  is  it  not?  But  then  we  enjoy  hearing  the  old 
light-house  keeper  tell  of  his  service  under  Farragut, 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  119 

and  having  him  point  out  to  us  the  guns  and  the  cut- 
lasses on  the  walls  and  show  us  his  curiosities — dried 
and  pressed  pink  seaweed,  newly  ground  abalones, 
and  most  interesting  of  all,  a  photograph  of  the  Golden 
Gate  at  San  Francisco  taken  on  the  one  day  of  the 
year  when  the  sun  sets  exactly  in  the  center. 

Then  we  saunter  out  to  a  rocky  cove,  in  which, 
perhaps  twenty  feet  below,  the  seal  play  in  the  waters, 
while  far  out  at  sea  the  Coronado  Islands  are  now 
clearly  visible. 

OLD  TOWN  AND  THE  HOME  OF  RAMON  A 

Our  way  back  is  practically  the  same  as  that 
by  which  we  came,  save  that  we  make  a  circuit 
to  visit  Old  Town,  a  mere  hamlet,  whose  yellow  ^dobe 
church,  boarded  over  outside,  and  still  used,  is  interest- 
ing as  being  the  one  in  which  the  fictitious,  '^Ramona'^ 
of  Mrs.  Jackson's  story  is  said  to  have  been  married. 

Returning  to  the  hotel  in  San  Diego,  we  are  sur- 
prised to  meet  a  Pullman  conductor  whose  aunt  is 
teacher  at  the  mission  school  of  Samokov,  visited  on 
our  Bulgaria?!  Little  Journey, 

We  are  now  prepared  to  bid  the  city  of  San  Diego, 
and  in  fact  the  great  Southwest,  farewell.  We  might 
go  on  to  El  Cajon  (Cah-hone')  to  see  the  raisin  vineyards, 
but  we  shall  find  these  on  the  way  to  San 
Francisco,  and  the  rain  prevents  our  excursion  to  the 
pastures  of  the  Coronado  Islands.  Consequently,  we 
leave  by  morning  train  at  8:40  for  Los  Angeles,  where 
we  arrive  at  one  o'clock.  We  stop  only  long  enough 
to  get  some  things  left  in  check  at  the  hotel  and  then 
again  board  the  train  for  the  North.  We  are  now  start- 


120  A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 

ing  on  a  railroad  journey  of  four  hundred  and  eighty- 
four  miles,  which  will  bring  us  to  San  Francisco. 
Our  route  is  along  the  Los  Angeles  River,  named 
Porcinuncula  in  1769,  and  in  plain  sight  of  the 
pigeon  ranch  visited  before.  The  rolling  hills,  covered 
with  vineyards,  give  way  to  mountains  on  the  right. 
Of  these  mountains  we  shall  see  a  good  deal  for  some 
time,  for  our  first  stop  is  to  be  Santa  Barbara,  a  hun- 
dred and  ten  miles  from  Los  Angeles.  On  the  way 
there  is  not  very  much  to  attract  our  attention.  At 
Oxnard  (Ox-nard)  there  is  a  huge  beet-sugar  manu- 
factory, and  at  Fernando  (Fur-nan'do)  we  see 
the  site  of  the  mission  San  Fernando,  founded  by 
Father  Dumetz  in  1797.  If  we  are  interested  in  our 
geography  we  shall  note  on  the  south  the  Sierra  de 
Santa  Monica,  on  the  west  the  Santa  Sussanna,  on 
the  north  the  San  Fernando  Mountains.  We  see,  as 
we  go  by,  neat  country  towns  of  frame  churchy  and 
scattered  buildings,  then  pass  through  the  Sylma 
ohve  grove,  the  greatest  in  the  world.  Beautiful 
long  lines  of  trees  rise  from  the  barren  ground  and 
then  we  are  in  a  tunnel,  which  will  remind  those  of  us 
who  made  the  Little  Journey  to  Switzerland  of  the 
St.  Gotthard.  This  tunnel,  piercing  the  narrowest 
section  of  the  San  Fernando  Range,  is  a  mile  and  a 
half  in  length  and  it  seems  to  us  that  it  takes  a  good 
five  minutes  to  traverse  it.  Emerging,  we  are  in  the 
famous  Santa  Clara  Valley. 

THE  SANTA  CLARA  VALLEY 

This  valley  reaches  from  the  mountains  to  the    sea. 
Here  at  the  outskirts  we  are  in  the  petroleum  country,  a 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  121 

more  open  valley  with  the  mountains  all  about.  At 
Saugus  a  line  runs  off  to  the  San  Joaquin  (San  Wah- 
keen)  Valley,  which  we  shall  visit  later  on.  The 
Santa  Clara  River  winds  its  course  among  buttes  in 
the  valley.  Even  in  the  tree-tops  there  is  unlooked- 
for  ^'fruit" — great  green  bunches  of  the  mistletoe. 
Then,  at  Camulus  (Kam-u-lus),  a  mere  cluster  of 
houses  among  orange  and  oUve  groves,  we  have 
the  scene  of  Helen  Hunt  Jackson's  ''Ramona^' 
pointed  out  to  us.  Here  was  situated  the  Morena 
(Mo-re'na)  Ranch,  which  was  Ramona's  home, 
and  here  one  may  still  see  the  artichoke  patch, 
the  chapel  and  dormitories  and  the  kitchen  described 
in  the  book,  and  the  corrals  that  marked  the  starting 
point  of  Ramona's  midnight  flight  to  the  sheltering 
canon  at  the  east. 

At  Camulus  it  seems  as  though  we  were  at  the 
end  of  the  great  broad  mountain  valley.  Hundreds 
of  cattle  browse  here  and  there;  we  see  some  of  the 
famous  long-homed  steers  which  are  so  abundant  in 
Texas.  Almonds  are  in  blossom,  and  there  are  pome- 
granates and  figs  and  oranges,  with  here  and  there  an 
apiary.  At  Piru  (Pe'roo),  a  small  settlement  at  which 
our  train  stops,  there  are  lemon  trees.  Chinamen 
have  gathered  at  the  station  to  watch  the  train  come 
in.  Great  English  walnut  orchards,  their  boughs  a 
pale  brown  pink  in  the  distance,  also  begin  to  appear. 
Irrigation  canals  stretch  hither  and  thither  among 
the  trees,  and  then  for  miles  and  miles  there  seem 
to  be  only  the  walnut  orchards.  Where  all  this  fruit 
will  finally  be  consumed  is  a  question  which  we  are 
not  able  to  solve. 


122 


A  LITTLE  JOURNEY  TO 


As  afternoon  lengthens  and  turns  to  dusk  the 
beautiful  cloud-forms  that  appear  on  the  sky  line 
make  us  more  and  more  delighted  with  this  region. 
Among  some  pear  groves  there  is  a  town  with  a  name 
that  interests  us — ^Montalvo  (Mon-tahFvo).  It  was 
Edward  Everett  Hale  who  discovered  in  a  romance 
by  one  Odonez  de  Montalvo.  bearing  date  of  1510, 


OLD  MISSION,  SANTA  BARBARA 

the  first  use  of  the  name  California.     The  town  re- 
ceived its  name  in  commemoration  of  this. 

At  five  minutes  to  six  we  reach  the  shores  of  the 
Pacific.  The  sight  at  low  tide  in  the  dusk  is  very 
beautiful.  San  Buenaventura  (Boo-en'ah-ven-too'rah) 
is  here,  hemmed  in  by  mountains,  and  almost  as  quiet 
as  when  the  Spanish  explorers  came  here  in  1782^ 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  123 

and  Father  Serra  founded  the  Mission  San  Buenaven- 
tura. Out  at  sea  we  can  discern  Anacapa  (Ah-na- 
kapah)  Island,  one  of  the  Santa  Barbara  Channel 
group,  dim,  but  not  quite  so  much  so  as  the  other 
more  distant  islands. 

A  section  of  apricots  and  almonds  and  walnuts 
follows,  and  then,  in  the  night,  we  ride  through 
Summerland  to  Santa  Barbara. 

We  go  by  'bus  to  the  hotel,  arrange  our  notes  and 
then  to  bed,  that  we  may  have  an  early  start  on  the 
morrow.  Our  first  ramble  in  Santa  Barbara  will 
long  be  remembered.  We  enjoy  the  stores  along  the 
main  street  with  their  innumerable  novelties,  lamp 
shades  made  of  abalone  shells,  other  shells  of  a  deep 
blue  worked  upon  pillows ;  Japanese  stores  with  novel- 
ties from  far  Cathay,  and  then  the  series  of  one-story 
shops  with  the  roof  extending  above  the  walk  to  poles 
set  along  the  curb.  In  the  groceries  curious  custard 
apples  are  for  sale,  and  in  the  candy  stores  we  see 
watches  made  entirely  of  sweets.  There  is  an  odd  green- 
painted  restaurant,  its  portico  shaded  by  a  very  fine 
grape  vine.  After  our  ramble  we  go  on  to  the 
famous  De  la  Guerra  mansion. 

This  house  is  one  of  the  relics  of  the  oldest 
time.  It  is  a  large  one-story  building  forming  three 
sides  of  a  square,  and  is  typically  Spanish  in  its  style, 
with  the  roof  of  red  tiles  except  just  over  the 
porch,  where  it  slants  more  and  is  of  shingle  resem- 
bling slate.  On  this  porch  the  doors  and  windows 
open  in  very  quaint  style.  This  is  the  home  of  one 
of  the  famous  families,  descendants  of  Spanish  grandees, 
which  are  still  to  be  met  with  at   Santa  Barbara. 


124  A  LITTLE   JOURNEY  TO 

Of  the  De  la  Guerras,  we  learn,  there  is  now  but  one 
son  left,  and  he,  true  to  the  ancestral  teachings, 
considers  it  ^ ^beneath''  him  to  work.  The  original 
De  la  Guerra  came  to  Santa  Barbara  in  1786  with  the 
expedition  of  friars  that  was  sent  to  this  place.  At 
that  time  people  ^ook  what  land  they  desired,  although 
later  permission  had  to  be  obtained.  De  la  Guerra 
got  about  five  thousand  acres,  but  he,  like  most  of 
the  old  grandees,  failed  to  understand  the  laws  apply- 
ing to  the  land  and  gradually  was  defrauded  of  large 
parts  of  it.  Many  of  these  old  grandees,  too,  De  la 
Guerra  among  the  number,  had  much  of  their  wealth 
in  herds  and  flocks,  and  the  killing  place  for  these 
was  of  considerable  size.  Dana  alludes  to  this  in  his 
^^Two  Years  Before  the  Mast."  When  a  boat,  such 
as  Dana's  Pilgrim,  would  come  in,  the  grandees 
would  trade  sugar  and  coffee,  tea  and  flour,  as  well 
as  pelts  and  tallow.  They  used  also  to  hold  daily 
audience,  when  any  poor  person  in  distress  could 
apply  to  them,  and  when  such  presented  himself 
the  grandee  would  call  his  servants  and  order  them 
to  bestow  rice  and  other  necessities  on  the  applicant. 
De  la  Guerra  thus  obtained  for  himself  great  influence 
and  was  known  as  the  grandee  of  the  town,  and  even 
to  this  day  some  of  the  older  inhabitants  take  ofT 
their  hats  when  passing  the  home  of  the  present 
representative. 

We  drop  into  the  little  newspaper  office  at  Santa 
Barbara  for  more  information  about  the  place.  We 
find  that  the  famous  flower  festivals  for  which  it  was 
once  renowned  are  no  longer  held,  being  too  expensive, 
and  also  because  it  was  impossible  to  compete  with 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  125 

those  of  Pasadena.  Then  we  ask  about  the  native 
products.  We  learn  that  at  Alcatraz  (Al-ka-traz'), 
some  eight  niiles  away,  asphalt  was  found  but 
recently.  Also  that  this  locahty  produces  the  famous 
''ice  cream  fruit/^  wliich  resembles  the  alhgator  pear, 
and  grows  upon  trees  fifteen  to  twenty  feet  high. 
Santa  Barbara,  however,  appears  to  us  to  be  distin- 
guished chiefly  for  ha\^ng  more  liver}^  stable  carriages 
and  horses  than  any  cit}^  of  twice  the  inhabitants  on 
the  continent.  So  numerous  are  they  that  enough 
provender  cannot  be  raised  in  the  vicinity,  and  quan- 
tities have  to  be  imported. 

We  saunter  up  the  main  streets  of  this  typical 
tourist  city.  We  notice  in  the  shadows  cast  by  the 
overhanging  roofs  stands  where  papers  of  all  the  large 
cities  are  on  sale.  Then  we  board  an  electric  car  and 
make  for  the  sea  and  the  great  hotel  of  Santa  Bar- 
bara. This  hostelry  is  built  in  mission  style  and  one 
side  of  the  grounds  strikes  us  at  once.  It  contains 
a  huge  bed  of  blooming  callas,  countless  hundreds 
of  the  beautiful  flowers  being  stretched  out  here, 
while  great  borders  of  yellow  chrysanthemums,  and 
then  of  red  geraniums,  flank  these  and  stretch  on  to 
the  sea  walk. 

A   DOG   HOTEL 

One  feature  of  especial  interest  to  us  in  this  place 
is  a  ''dog  hoter'  for  the  dogs  of  the  guests,  capable 
of  holding  fifty  canines,  though  there  are  seldom  more 
than  four  or  five  here  at  a  time.  No  charge  is  made 
for  their  care. 

We  enjoy  sitting  on  the  piazzas  of  the  hotel  and 


126  A  LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

watching  the  sea  stretching  to  the  mountains,  where 
low  clouds  hover,  or  else  sauntering  along  the  beach, 
where  the  sand  is  exquisitely  clean. 

Then  we  take  the  cars  back  to  town  and  inland 
toward  the  mountains.  The  mammoth  palms,  the  hedges 
of  callas,  the  pepper  trees  and  the  magnolias  that 
surround  the  handsome  winter  residences^  built  in  the 
mission  style,  tempt  us  to  use  our  kodaks  again  and 
again,  and  the  great  drooping  fuchsia  shrubs  and  the 
red  honeysuckles  and  the  fences  of  white  daisies  charm 
us  constantly. 

SANTA   BARBARA   MISSION 

Of  course  our  destination  is  the  famous  old  mission, 
probably  today  the  most  interesting  of  all  the  Cali- 
fornia missions. 

This  ancient  edifice  stands  at  the  end  of  a  lane  of 
pepper-trees,  with  the  mountains  for  background. 
It  is  built  of  what  looks  like  white  concrete,  with  the 
doors  outlined  in  red,  and  its  characteristic  note  being 
given  by  two  square  domed  bell-towers  with  a 
cross  between.  Beyond  this  extends  the  long 
main  building,  with  the  seventeen  windows.  There 
is  an  overhanging  portico  of  many  arches,  so  picturesque 
in  appearance  that  we  fall  in  love  at  once  with  this 
old  mission,  the  most  charming  of  the  twenty-one 
seen  on  this  little   journey  along  El   Camino   Real. 

There  is  an  old  brother,  brown-robed  and  hooded, 
who  shows  us  about.  First  he  points  out  the  old 
mill-stone  of  the  mission,  then  the  nine  bells  turned 
by  a  small  wheel  with  a  handle,  and  then  some  of  the 
old  vellums  or  books,  some  of  which  are  as  tall  as  a 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


127 


three-year-old  child.  Old  raw-hide  beds,  used  by 
the  early  priests,  are  in  one  of  the  white-walled  brick- 
floored  rooms.  Old  parchments  are  shown  in  another, 
and  then  our  guide  leads  us  to  the  roof  for  the  view, 
and  thence  around  to  the  church  proper,  its  interior 
a  good  deal  Hke  that  of  San  Gabriel,  with  its  simple 
benches  and  ancient  pictures.     From  here  he  takes  us 


PORCH  AT  SANTA  BARBARA  MISSION 

to  the  enclosed  cemetery  at  one  side  the  church, 
in  which  innumerable  Indians  are  buried.  Today, 
however,  no  mounds  are  visible,  though  here  and 
there  a  wooden  cross  or  an  old  stone  tomb  marks 
the  grave  of  some  Spanish  grandee.  It  is  stated  that 
not  less  than  four  thousand  Indians,  victims  of  an 
epidemic,  are  interred  here. 


128  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

Today  there  are  about  thirty-five  brothers  in  charge 
at  Santa  Barbara^s  mission.  These  are  under  a 
Guardian  or  Superior.  The  headquarters  of  the  Order 
which  controls  the  mission — the  Order  of  St.  Francis 
of  Assissi,  of  whom  we  heard  on  our  European  Little 
Journeys — is  at  Rome.  The  mission  hes  in  the  prov- 
ince of  St.  Louis,  where  the  Provencal  or  Superior 
over  all  the  California  missions  has  his  see.  There 
is  not  a  very  large  congregation  here,  only  about  a 
hundred  families;  regular  services  are,  however,  main- 
tained. It  is  principally  the  old  and  sick  brothers 
who  are  sent  to  this  convent,  and  they  show  the 
tourists  about.  No  woman  except  the  wife  of  the 
President  or  of  a  governor  may  enter  their  quarters 
at  the  mission. 

OIL   TAKEN    FROM   THE    SEA 

We  return  by  car  to  Santa  Barbara  for  dinner  at 
another  of  the  big  hotels,  up  whose  portico  there  climbs 
the  largest  rose-bush  in  the  world. 

Then,  the  last  bit  of  Welsh  rarebit  disposed  of, 
we  engage  a  carriage  for  Summerland,  where,  on 
the  advice  of  some  spiritualists,  wells  were  sunk  out 
in  the  sea-bed  and  oil  has  been  struck.  As  this  is  the 
city  of  vehicles,  we  are  interested  in  the  price — two 
dollars  for  the  afternoon,  with  driver. 

Our  route  will  run  parallel  to  the  sea,  with  ducks  on 
the  waves  in  the  foreground,  and  out  in  the  dim  dis- 
tance the  Santa  Barbara  Islands  just  visible,  and 
among  oak  groves  from  which  the  long  moss  hangs  and 
on  which  galls  are  numerous.  By  and  by,  as  we  round 
a  bluff,  the  town  unfolds  before  us.  It  is  a  mere  hamlet 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


129 


of  cheap  frame  houses,  but  made  beautiful  by  its  setting 
at  the  very  edge  of  the  vast  expanse  of  open  ocean. 
Innumerable  oil  derricks  rise  out  of  the  water  every- 
where. Piers,  one  of  them  eleven  hundred  feet  in 
length,  extend  into  the  sea,  and  at  each  side  of  these 
are  more   derricks.     Latterly,   however,   the  govem- 


OIL  WELLS  IN  THE  PACIFIC.  SUMMERLAND 

ment  has  ruled  that  beyond  six  hundred  feet  from 
shore  no  derricks  may  be  built. 

Buying  a  piece  of  land  on  the  coast  entitles  one  to 
go  out  into  the  sea  for  oil.  A  ^'conductor''  pipe? 
twelve  or  thirteen  inches  in  diameter,  is  put  down^ 
being  driven  through  the  sand  into  the  clay  beneath. 
This  shuts  off  the  ocean  water,  and  then  a  pipe  nine 
and  five-eighths   inches   across   goes   down   until  oil 


130  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

is  struck.  After  that,  a  third  pipe  of  smaller  circum- 
ference is  sunk.  As  the  oil  is  in  the  sand,  the  latter 
is  pumped  out  until  the  petroleum  becomes  clearer, 
when  the  regular  two-inch  piping  is  inserted.  A  well 
of  this  sort  may  be  put  in  working  order  in  a  week, 
derricks  being  erected  on  piles  seven  feet  in  depth. 
When  pumping  begins,  an  average  of  three  barrels 
a  day  of  a  high  grade  of  fuel  petroleum  is  usually 
obtained,  but  as  one  pump  can  pump  thirty-two 
wells,  and  as  the  engine  of  this  is  run  by  natural  gas 
fresh  from  the  ground,  there  is  practically  no  ex- 
pense. Oil  never  appears  on  the  surface  of  the  sea 
here,  except  at  well-cleaning  time,  or  when  in  some 
great  storm  a  derrick  or  two  is  knocked  over,  or  when 
the  sand  breaks  off  the  pipes.  Fish  cannot  live  in 
these  waters,  as  the  oil  kills  their  prey. 

Over  the  railway  tracks  at  Summerland  we  may 
step  into  the  asphaltum  factory  and  see  how  this  is 
made.  The  oil,  we  find,  is  run  into  great  stills  like 
a  boiler  on  its  side,  each  holding  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  barrelfuls.  These  stills  are  bricked  about, 
and  in  them  the  oil,  heated  by  oil,  is  brought  to  a 
temperature  of  750°.  The  distillation  is  then  run 
out  through  a  condenser  to  be  sold  as  fuel  oil,  or, 
when  further  treated,  as  gas  oil,  while  what  remains 
is  the  liquid  asphaltum.  This  process  takes  about 
twenty  hours  to  complete.  From  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  barrels  of  raw  material  about  twenty- 
eight  barrels  of  the  finished  asphaltum  will  be  obtained, 
and  while  the  raw  oil  brings  about  fifty  cents  a  barrel, 
the  asphaltum  sells  at  from  ten  to  twelve  dollars  a 
ton,  being  used  principally  for  paving  and  roofing. 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  131 

Returning  to  Santa  Barbara  in  the  evening,  we  look 
in  on  the  gay  throng  at  another  of  the  great  hotels, 
for  this  city  is  a  famous  winter  resort,  where  pleasure- 
seekers  from  all  lands  congregate  in  the  ^^ season/' 

THE   LAND    OF   HONEY 

As  THE  night  train  did  not  stop  conveniently  to  allow 
us  to  visit  the  Simi  Valley — famous  for  its  apiaries — on 
our  way  up  to  Santa  Barbara,  we  must  now  '^back 
track"  as  we  are  very  anxious  to  see  how  this  interest- 
ing industr}^  is  conducted.  Owing  to  its  equable  cU- 
mate  and  the  profusion  of  its  wild  flowers,  orange  and 
other  fruit  blossoms,  which  give  richest  materials  to  the 
bees  for  conversion  into  honey.  Southern  CaUfomia 
is  one  of  the  great  honey-producing  sections  of  the 
world.  ^lany  men  have  made  great  fortunes  in  this 
industry,  and  in  Pasadena  we  were  shown  a  perfect 
palace,  surrounded  by  large  and  exquisitely  laid  out 
grounds,  that  belonged  to  one  of  the  '^honey  kings.'' 

Leaving  Santa  Barbara  in  the  morning  we  go  to 
Strathem,  where   a   wagonette  conveys   us   to   Simi. 

We  follow  directions  and  walk  up  the  track  to  the 
first  house,  for  we  wish  to  visit  one  of  the  great  apiaries 
for  which  this  region  is  famous.  When  we  hail  the 
owner  he  first  looks  us  over,  to  make  sure  we  are  not 
tramps,  and  then  invites  us  in. 

We  ask  him  at  once  about  the  bees.  In  starting 
an  apiary,  ^'a^pery/'  as  they  call  them  here,  he  tells 
us  the  first  step  generally  is  to  buy  a  colony  of  perhaps 
a  hundred  hives,  worth  three  dollars  and  a  half  apiece. 
There  are  about  forty  thousand  bees  to  a  hive  in  the 
working  season,  but  the  bees'  life  is  very  short,  so  nature 
has  caused  them  to  breed  rapidly.     The  stor}^  of  the 


132 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


hive  centers  about  the  queen  bee.  She  is  pecuUar  in 
that  while  her  eggs  appear  Uke  any  others,  she  can 
lay  male  or  female  eggs  at  will,  and  does  this  in  cells 
of  different  sizes,  the  worker  cells  being  about  one- 
fifth  of  an  inch  across,  and  the  drone  cells  smaller; 
both  are  hexagonal.     In  the  ordinary  honey  season, 


^^np 

.^^mmi^^^-              ^ 

m     8     d    -^ 

«<>wH'l'.^^^^^^^^^^^^^HHI 

tK-                                  *»:-.,; 

^l.^^^^^^H||^              m^'  ^ 

WHERE  THE  BEES  MAKE  HONEY 


when  the  bees  are  storing  honey,  the  queen  lays  two 
or  three  hundred  eggs  a  day,  or  two  or  three  times 
her  own  weight  in  eggs.  Of  these  the  worker  eggs 
hatch  and  reach  maturity  in  about  twenty-one  days, 
hatching  at  first  as  larvae  in  forty-eight  hours  and 
remaining  at  this  stage  of  development  four  or  five 
days,  when  the  transformation  into  the  perfect  insect 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  133 

begins.  In  the  working  season  the  Ufe  of  a  bee  is 
very  short,  thirty  or  forty  days,  whereas  when  the 
insect  is  not  working  it  is  much  longer.  Death  is  due 
largely  to  accidents  and  the  strain  of  the  season. 
The  bees  that  do  not  work  may  Uve  to  be  two  or 
three  years  old.  In  the  spring  the  hives  contain 
comparatively  few  workers,  perhaps  two  thousand, 
and  no  drones  at  all,  as  these  do  not  Uve  over  the 
winter.  As  soon  as  the  flowers  come  the  bees  begin 
to  work,  and  as  there  are  many  flowers  they  get  a  great 
amount  of  surplus  honey;  for  a  long  time  in  the 
spring  this  is  used  as  rapidly  as  gathered,  and  is  even 
supplemented  by  honey  kept  through  the  winter  for 
feeding  the  young  bees,  as  the  queen  is  now  laying.  If 
the  season  promises  to  be  good,  the  queen  begins 
laying  drone  eggs,  she  being  governed  by  the  amount 
of  honey  that  is  brought  in. 

The  workers  are  the  first  hatched.  They  mature 
in  twenty-one  days,  and  a  week  later  begin  their  work 
in  the  field,  gathering  both  honey  and  pollen,  the 
latter  being  used  to  mix  with  honey  and  to  feed  to 
the  brood.  The  drones,  too,  fly  out  soon  after  hatch- 
ing, but  their  flight  is  simply  to  mate  with  a  chance 
queen  on  her  so-called  wedding  flight.  This  .mating 
is  done  high  in  air. 

When  the  queen  has  filled  the  hive  with  a  brood 
and  the  bees  are  hatched  in  such  numbers  as  to  over- 
heat the  hive,  the  queen  feels  it  is  time  to  send  out 
a  swarm,  and  if  the  honey  season  is  good  the  old  queen 
heads  such  a  swarm,  and  a  young  queen,  reared  for 
this  purpose  in  a  special  cell,  remains  in  the  hive 
after  having  gone  on  her  wedding  flight.     The  new 


134  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY  TO 

swarm  will  then  settle  anywhere,  and  apiarists  usually 
cut  down  the  bough  on  which  the  bees  have  swarmed 
and  shake  them  into  the  new  hive. 

As  there  are  queen  bee  eggs  at  all  stages  of  incuba- 
tion in  the  hive  when  the  old  queen  swarms,  the 
first  act  of  the  young  queen  will  be  to  go  through 
the  hive  and  sting  through  the  cells  of  rival  hatching 
queens  and  so  kill  them,  unless  she  sees  that  the 
season  is  so  good  that  there  may  be  a  second  swarm, 
when  she  will  permit  one  to  survive. 

The  queen  egg  cell  is  about  the  size  and  form  of  a 
peanut  and  the  queen  is  fed  on  what  is  known  as 
royal  jelly,  which  is  milky  white  and  very  pungent. 

A  colony  of  bees,  it  is  stated,  will  yield  about  two 
hundred  and  twenty  pounds  of  honey  a  year. 

We  are  next  led  to  the  rough  little  shed  which  serves 
as  extracting  house,  and  here  see  a  wheel  into  which 
the  combs  of  honey  are  set.  The  tops  are  then  shaved 
off,  and  the  centrifugal  force  produced  by  revolving 
the  wheel  dashes  the  honey  into  the  receptacle  below, 
so  that  the  comb  may  be  used  over  and  over  again. 
Strangely  enough,  honey  is  seldom  adulterated  and 
never  artificially  made.  The  wax  of  which  the  comb 
is  made  is  tasteless  and  indigestible  and  is  no  longer 
considered  as  having  any  food  value.  The  tops  and 
bottoms  of  the  cells,  after  being  clipped  off  are  put 
in  cases  in  the  sun  to  be  melted  and  the  wax  is  then 
sold  for  commercial  purposes. 

In  order  to  inspect  the  hives,  which  are  set  out  on 
the  hillsides,  we  have  to  wear  crepe  veils  that 
are  rather  annoying,  and  we  are  quite  glad  when,  re- 
turning to  the  house,  these  can  be  laid  aside. 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND  135 

We  dine  here  at  the  honey  ranch  and  partake  of 
a  typical  country  dinner,  to  which  the  hired  man  sits 
down  with  the  family,  while  one  and  all  wash  hands  in 
the  same  tin  basin  to  prepare  for  it.  We  then  spend 
the  afternoon  out  on  the  porch  watching  two  little 
girls  in  picturesque  sunbonnets  playing  about  with 
their  dog,  making  mud  pies  and  searching  for  mush- 
rooms in  the  broad  fields  that  separate  them  from 
the  nearest  neighbor.  We  even  walk  over  to  Simi, 
a  typical  country  village,  to  kill  time  until  the  train 
leaves  which  bears  us  back  to  Santa  Barbara,  whence 
we  are  to  continue  our  northward  march. 

THE   CITY   OF  MUSTARD 

From  honey  to  mustard  is  the  transition  we  have 
before  us,  for  our  next  destination  is  Lompoc  (Lum- 
pock),  probably  the  greatest  mustard  market  in  the 
world. 

The  trip  thither  by  rail  is  not  without  interest, — 
sixty-six  miles  to  Surf,  and  then  ten  miles  on  a  branch 
line  to  the  town.  We  follow  the  line  of  the  Santa 
Ynez  Mountains  on  the  one  hand  and  the  Santa  Bar- 
bara Channel  on  the  other.  Away  out  to  sea  is  San 
Miguel  (Mee-guU)  Island,  on  which  Juan  Rodriguez 
Cabrillo  was  buried  January  3,  1543.  The  route 
follows  the  Camino  Real  once  more  and  is  that  taken 
by  Juan  Crespi,  the  path-finder  of  Jimipero  Sierra. 
At  Point  Concepcion  (Con-cep-ce-own),  our  party  will  be 
interested  in  its  Ught-house,  as  well  as  in  the  wireless 
telegraph  station  at  Arguello  Point. 

At  Surf,  a  mere  station  beside  the  sea,  we  dismount 
to  await  the  branch  railway  for  Lompoc.     We  enjoy 


136 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


this   waiting   by   the   open  ocean,  with   the   ospreys 
flying  high  above  our  heads. 

A  brief  ride  brings  us  into  Lompoc  itself,  a  village 
of  neat  little  frame  houses,  surrounded  by  hedges  of 
cypress  to  cut  off  the  wind.  We  see  the  wild  mustard 
in  bloom  at  the  sides  of  the  one  main  street,  but  look 
vainly,  at  this  season,  for  the  other. 


IN  THE  MUSTARD  FIELDS 


Finally,  we  chance  on  a  mustard-raiser,  who  tells 
us  about  the  industry.  There  are  two  varieties  of 
mustard  seed,  he  says,  the  red  and  the  yellow.  The 
red  brings  the  higher  price,  from  three  cents  a  pound 
up,  and  a  fair  crop  of  this,  per  acre,  will  be  about  a 
ton.  Seed  is  sown  in  February,  the  exact  time  de- 
pending on  the  rain.     It  is  thrown  broadcast  over 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  137 

the  earth.  In  about  a  week  the  seed  comes  up, 
resembhng  a  sprouting  grain.  In  June  the  plant  blos- 
soms; the  flower  of  both  varieties  is  yellow  and  very 
fragrant,  so  that  the  prospect  is  a  most  deUghtful 
one.  About  the  last  of  September,  the  seeds  ripen, 
the  plant  needing  practically  no  care  when  once 
sown. 

The  mustard  plant  is  then  reaped  with  a  reaping 
machine  and  collected  in  bunches  of  a  pitchforkful 
each.  These  are  gathered  in  great  wagons,  where 
they  resemble  hay,  and  are  hauled  to  a  great  sheet 
of  ducking,  where  the  seed  is  threshed  out  into  sacks 
of  about  ninety  pounds.  A  hundred  pounds  or  so 
are  threshed  at  a  time,  eight  men  operating  the  outfit 
for  hauling  and  dumping  on  the  sheet.  Once  on  the 
sheet,  horses  do  the  threshing,  being  driven  about 
over  the  plants  with  a  roller  five  or  six  feet  in  diameter. 
When  the  straw  has  been  removed  from  the  sheet 
the  seed  is  taken  to  the  fan-mill  to  clean  and  then 
is  put  in  sacks  and  shipped.  Not  less  than  seventy- 
five  thousand  sacks  of  mustard  go  out  of  Lompoc  a 
year,  it  being  about  the  only  place  in  the  country 
where  the  grain  is  raised  in  any  quantity. 

After  we  have  visited  the  bean  fields  we  ride 
out  into  the  Lompoc  Valley.  Beans  we  find  here 
to  be  almost  as  important  as  mustard,  being  har- 
vested by  a  machine  hke  a  plow-share  or  a  long  knife 
of  steel  fastened  into  a  wooden  frame  shaped  hke  a 
sled,  which  cuts  three  rows  at  once  as  a  lawn  mower 
would.  The  cut  plants  are  then  bunched  together 
and  hauled  to  the  threshing  place  to  be  threshed  out 
and  put  in  sacks. 


138 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


Potatoes  and  apples,  dairy  products,  stock,  and 
honey,  all  come  from  this  valley.  Oil  derricks  indi- 
cate another  industry,  and  the  almond  orchards  are 
large.  Then,  on  the  outskirts,  we  pay  a  visit  to 
the  old  mission,  now  a  ruin,  but  interesting  never- 
theless, reminding  us  of  our  rambles  among  the  ancient 
castles  of  the  Rhine-land.     There  is  a  mission  at  Santa 


"Vy^^^^^^H 

^^SSw 

^^W^  ■ 

"HP 

RUINS  OF  MISSION  AT  LOMPOC 


Yiiez  (E-nais),  just  twenty-five  miles  from  here,  where, 
we  learn,  services  are  still  held.  Strangers  are  rare 
at  these  missions,  however,  for  there  is  nothing  else 
of  interest  to  bring  people  to  the  towns.  The  mission 
near  Lompoc,  which  was  destroyed  by  the  earthquakes 
of  1812,  was  founded  in  1787,  and  is  known  as  Pu- 
risima  (Poo-riss'e-mah)  Concepcion. 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  139 

We  explore  the  interior  of  the  ruin  and  notice  that 
the  bricks  are  red  outside,  and  of  a  bluish-black  in- 
side. As  nails  were  not  to  be  had  at  the  time  that 
the  mission  was  built  the  beams  were  bound  in  place 
with  rawhide  thongs,  some  of  which  still  dangle 
down.  Owls  and  squirrels  flit  and  scurry  among  the 
ruins  as  though  to  impress  us  with  their  age. 

At  supper  at  the  hotel  a  dish  of  English  walnuts, 
raisins  and  almonds  is  on  the  table,  as  is  usual 
in  hotels  in  this  part  of  the  West. 

CURIOUS   ROCKS 

On  the  morrow,  we  can  visit  the  great  beds  of  dia- 
tonaceous  earth  near  here.  It  is  used,  mixed  with 
asbestos  or  chalk,  to  form  a  non-conductor  of  heat, 
and  is  converted  into  panels,  doors  and  other  fire- 
proof necessities  and  ornaments.  The  stuff  is  very- 
light  and  is  quarried  with  pick  and  shovel  by  miners, 
who  pile  it  up  and  let  it  dry  for  a  few  weeks,  to  get 
out  the  natural  moisture,  when  it  becomes  lighter 
still,  and  is  shipped  to  be  made  into  magno-silica  and 
other  forms.  It  is  also  used  in  the  partitions  of  walls 
to  deaden  sound. 

Of  course  we  want  to  see  the  famous  silo  (sigh-lo), 
a  round  tower  near  here  recalling  that  of  Pisa.  It 
is  forty  feet  high  by  sixteen  in  diameter.  The  outside 
of  this  cylinder  is  a  wooden  framework,  the  inside  of 
flooring.  The  interior  is  sealed  about  with  tarred 
paper,  and  on  the  top  a  bed  of  straw  perhaps  twenty 
inches  deep  is  put,  which  molds  to  form  an  air-tight  top. 
Whole  stalks  of  com,  and  green  stuff  of  every  kind, 
that  cannot  be  used  when  fresh,  is  chopped  up  and 


140  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

placed  in  the  silo  where  it  keeps  sweet  and  fresh  until 
all  other  green  fodder  is  scarce,  when  it  is  fed  to  the 
stock  which  thrive  well  upon  it. 

We  saunter  over  to  the  great  mustard  bamSy 
too,  and  see  the  seed  packed,  and  after  that,  the 
sun  proving  too  warm  outside,  we  sit  in  our  rooms  in 
the  quaint  little  hotel  until  train  time,  getting  our 
journals  in  shape. 

Then  we  return  to  Surf  to  continue  up  the  main 
track  of  travel.  We  enjoy  riding  down  right  by  the 
side  of  the  sea,  or,  when  we  skirt  inland,  among  the 
great  sand-waves  which  the  railway  had  to  fight 
when  building  this  section  of  track.  These  waves  of 
pure  beautiful  sand  have  drifted  up  where  the  green 
meadows  slope  down,  making  inroads  that  look  like 
the  runs  of  water  one  sees  in  New  Jersey.  At  Oceano 
(0-shan'oh)  we  pass  a  winter  resort,  but  continue 
on  to  San  Luis  Obispo  (Lu'iss  0-biss'po). 

SAN   LUIS    OBISPO 

We  have  come  to  San  Luis  Obispo  because  we  have 
been  told  that  here  is  the  largest  prune  orchard  in 
the  world.  The  town  we  find  to  be  very  scattered, 
the  houses  principally  of  frame,  each  with  a  sloping 
roof  of  red  or  blue,  edged  in  white,  not  unlike  a  Chinese 
pagoda.  Here,  as  elsewhere  in  this  section,  there  is 
a  sanatorium,  and  old  people  and  consumptives  are 
numerous  because  of  the  balmy  climate. 

The  city  sights  we  soon  exhaust.  They  consist 
only  of  the  great  white  court-house  and  the  mission, 
very  well  preserved.  Then  we  engage  a  buggy  for 
the  land  of  prunes.     Our  route  lies  into  the  open 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  141 

country,  among  lemon  groves,  from  which  now  and 
then  monstrosities  such  as  four  lemons  grown  together 
and  weighing  fifty-two  ounces,  are  obtained.  We 
learn  of  the  local  products  — of  tugsten,  a  new  mineral 
which  is  found  near  by  and  is  used  in  tempering  armor 
plate — and  of  the  copper  and  silver  mines.  Distances 
are  ver>^  deceptive  in  this  clear  air,  and  our  drive  is 
longer  than  we  expected.  Its  monotony  is  varied 
by  one  of  those  accidents  which  are  apt  to  take  place 
on  a  protracted  journey  such  as  ours,  namely,  a  run- 
away, which  enlivens  the  trip  and  gives  us  a  scare. 

By  and  by,  however,  we  come  to  our  destination, 
America's  greatest  prune  orchard,  only  to  learn  that 
latterh^  the  owner  has  replaced  these  trees  with 
EngUsh  walnuts  and  the  prune  orchard  is  gone.  This, 
however,  is  so  typical  an  incident  of  the  trials  which 
come  to  the  most  careful  traveler  that  we  cannot 
omit  recording  it  in  our  day  books.  We  return  by 
way  of  Edna  (Ed'na),  a  little  hamlet  from  which 
the  school  children  are  just  driving  home  in  their 
sulkies,  and  we  listen  to  their  talk  as  they  ride  at 
our  sides. 

They  are  telling  of  one  of  the  frequent  barbecues 
held  hereabouts.  A  hole  about  five  feet  by  three 
is  dug  in  the  ground,  and  into  this  good  oak  timber 
is  put ;  this  is  ht  and  a  great  fire  started.  When  the 
flames  have  ceased  and  only  the  red-hot  wood  coals 
remain  at  the  bottom,  large  pieces  of  meat,  well  seas- 
oned, are  strung  upon  rods  of  steel  or  willow  over  the 
pit.  When  these  are  roasted  'Ho  a  turn,''  the  company 
gathers,  men  and  women  sitting  alternately  about 
the   long    ''bench   tables,"  to  enjoy  the  feast. 


142  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

There  are  quite  a  number  of  Swiss  and  Portuguese 
settlers  in  this  vicinity,  and  we  learn  that  they  fre- 
quently celebrate  their  various  national  festivals. 

From  this  point  we  could  continue  on  to  some  neigh- 
boring hot  springs,  but  as  we  shall  see  these  very 
shortly,  at  Paso  Robles,  we  can  leave  that  rather 
circuitous  drive  out  of  consideration. 

MUD  BATHS  OF  PASO  ROBLES 

We  rise  again  rather  early  in  the  morning  to  take 
the  train  for  the  thirty-six  mile  ride  to  Paso  Robles 
(Pass-o  Ro-bells),  or  the  ^^pass  of  the  oaks,'^  so  named 
for  its  venerable  oak  trees.  The  springs  both  here 
and  at  Santa  Ysabel,  two  miles  distant,  where  there 
is  a  flow  of  six  hundred  thousand  gallons  a  day,  are 
noted  for  their  curative  properties,  being  especiall}) 
good  when  taken  in  connection  with  the  mud  baths* 
for  rheumatism  and  skin  afflictions. 

Our  ride  is  through  a  pass  of  the  Santa  Lucia 
Mountains  and  then  through  the  far-famed  oak  forests 
at  the  head  of  the  Salinas  River  to  Paso  Robles. 
Owing  to  the  grade,  our  speed  is  slow  and  we  note 
the  altitude  at  one  place,  Cuesta  (Koo-ess'tah) — one 
thousand  two  hundred  and  eighty-nine  feet.  Hot  as 
it  was  yesterday  at  Lompoc,  so  hot  that  we  did  not 
care  to  sit  out  of  doors,  here  there  is  frost  upon 
the  grass  and  we  can  see  our  breath.  On  the  car  the 
newsboy  sells  bottles  of  oyster  cocktails,  a  custom 
seldom  met  with  in  the  East  but  very  gejieral  in  Cali- 
fornia. Paso  Robles  we  find  to  be  a  village  of 
frame  houses  thinly  scattered  among  oaks  and  cy- 
presses.    Great   six-horse   lumber   teams   go   by,  and 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  143 

there  are  also  soda  works.  Close  by  is  a  civic  bath- 
house, where  people  can  take  the  baths,  and  there  is 
a  little  cobblestone  fountain,  out  of  which  the  luke- 
warm water  pours,  free  to  the  poorest  that  comes. 
The  taste  is  that  of  sulphur  and  not  very  bad,  if  one 
cares  for  odd  tastes. 

We  peep  in  at  the  bath  tubs,  the  plunge  and  the 
rest.  All  but  two  of  these  are  of  sugar  pine,  instead 
of  porcelain,  as  it  appears  that  china  is  affected  at 
once  and  becomes  a  dirty  gray.  We  put  a  half  dollar 
in  the  water  and  at  once  it  is  turned  black. 

The  city,  we  learn,  operates  its  baths  in  opposition 
to  those  of  the  great  hotel  which  had  practically  in- 
augurated a  monopoly  of  the  waters,  and  as  the  latter 
naturally  puts  up  more  pretentious  bath-houses,  the 
warfare  is  a  merry  one. 

The  new  city  bath-house  of  concrete  is  the  rext  thing 
on  the  itinerary,  and  here  we  see  the  sulphur,  sweat  and 
mud  baths.  The  last  named  are  unique.  The  mud 
is  often  found  naturally  prepared,  though  quite  as 
often  it  is  artificially  made  ready  by  allowing  the 
waters  to  percolate  through  it  for  some  time,  leaving 
the  soil  heavily  charged  with  mineral.  \Vhen  the 
earth  is  thoroughly  ^' rotted,'^  it  is  placed  in  tanks 
three  feet  and  a  half  by  four,  and  four  feet  deep^ 
into  which  steps  lead.  Here  the  mud  is  kept  at  a  tem- 
perature of  115°  by  means  of  steam,  and  one  can 
immerse  oneself  as  deep  as  one  wishes.  If,  for  example^ 
the  foot  be  affected  with  rheumatism,  the  patient  wiE 
sink  the  leg,  up  to  the  knee  perhaps,in  mud,  and  there 
let  it  remain  for  ^bout  six  or  eight  minutes.  From 
the  mud  one  passes  to  a  hot  shower  bath,  then  into 


144  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

the  sweat  blankets  and  later  into  a  plunge.  After 
that  one  may  take  massage  if  desired.  Special  tubs 
are  reserved  for  certain  diseases  and  fresh  mud  is 
ever  being  added.  The  time  required  for  a  bath  of 
this  sort  is  from  an  hour  to  an  hour  and  a  half, 
and  the  price  is  fifty  cents.  To  us  the  mud  appears 
rather  slushy,  the  top  seems  all  water,  and  the  bot- 
tom like  thin  mortar. 

Again  we  remember  that  in  California  the  great 
hotels  are  really  one  of  the  sights  of  the  state,  and  so 
we  pass  on  down  to  this  one.  We  find  that  out 
of  the  great  lobby  there  opens  a  hall  which  leads 
to  all  points  of  interest.  It  runs  through  the  hotel, 
to  the  cozy  glass  sun  parlor,  where  there  are  large 
willow  easy  chairs  and  little  tables,  then  into  little 
enclosed  arcades  as  on  an  ocean  liner,  and  so  to  the  office 
of  the  hotel  baths.  From  there  we  step  into  a  little 
reception  room,  then  down  an  aisle  between  the  dress- 
ing-rooms and  finally  into  the  baths  themselves, 
where  the  fine  long  white  porcelain  tubs  are  filled 
with  the  pale  blue  water. 

From  the  hotel  we  step  out  into  the  park  in  the 
heart  of  the  town.  Here  little  shops  cater  to  the 
farmers  round  about,  rather  than  to  the  guests,  as 
most  of  the  latter  are  sick  and  have  come  supplied 
with  what  they  need. 

A  little  horse  car,  the  horses  set  in  tandem,  comes 
by,  and  we  board  this  to  ride  to  the  end  of  its  route. 
The  trip  is  about  two  miles  in  length,  out  through 
meadows  dotted  with  the  famous  oaks  of  Paso  Robles 
which  are  bearded  with  moss,  and  over  a  country  road, 
where  the  health-seekers  walk  up  and  down  for  daily 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  145- 

exercise.  At  the  end  of  the  hne  is  another  bath- 
house simple  in  form,  and  here,  too,  is  a  warm  spring 
which  has  a  rather  pleasing  sulphurous  taste.  The 
water  is  much  hotter  than  at  Paso  Robles  itself,  being 
at  its  coolest  109°,  and  the  other  springs  averaging 
112°,  116°  and  even  122°.  Patients  usually  go  down 
into  a  concrete  vat,  built  right  over  the  108-degree 
spring,  and  stay  there  for  four  minutes.  Then  they 
pass  into  a  pool  at  112°  for  three  or  four  minutes  to 
wash  off  the  mud,  and  after  that  go  into  blankets,  where 
they  sweat  probably  half  an  hour.  The  square  steam- 
ing mud  pit  recalls  to  us  the  hot  baths  of  New  Zealand, 
of  our  Australian  Little  Journey,  and  also  the  pictures 
of  the  tortures  of  Hades  we  found  on  the  church 
portico  at  Dupnitza. 

We  shall  dine  at  Paso  Robles  and  then  continue 
onward,  up  the  coast,  as  it  were,  for  the  ocean  is  but 
twenty  miles  distant. 

The  country  traversed  is  rather  interesting.  We 
go  through  Kings  City,  west  of  which  he  the  ruins  of 
Mission  San  Antonio  de  Padua  (Pad'oo-ah),  founded 
in  1771.  At  Soledad  (Sol-e-dad)  is  another  mission, 
that  of  Xuestra  (Xoo-ess'trah),  Senora  de  la  Soledad, 
which  dates  from  1791.  Crossing  the  SaUnas  (Sah- 
li'nass)  River  and  after  passing  through  the  town 
of  that  name  (which  is  famous  for  its  beet  sugar 
factories),  we  might  stop  off  for  a  nine-mile  drive  to 
the  famous  Vancouver  (Van-kooVur)  Pinnacles,  where 
are  subterranean  lakes,  trap-rock  statuary,  and  other 
objects  of  interest  to  sight-seers.  We,  however,  are 
bound  for  what  we  beUeve  to  be  an  even  more  interest- 
ing   place,    Castro ville    (Kass'tro),    where    we    again 


146 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


leave  the  main  road  of  travel  for  Monterey  (Mon-te-ray). 
We  are  getting  on;  we  shall  be  only  a  hundred  and 
twenty-six  miles  from  San  Francisco  when  we  reach 
Monterey. 

THE   MOST    FAMOUS   LITTLE   TOWN   IN   THE   WEST 

Just  as  Concord  is  the  most  famous  little  town  in 
the  East,  so  in  the  West  Monterey  has  that  dis- 
tinction. Within  six  miles  of  it  are  more  points  of 
interest  than  are  afforded  by  any  other  place  in  the 
western  wonderland. 

Nor  is  it  without  history.  Cabrillo,  we  remember, 
coasted  along  here  in  1542,  naming  the  place  the 
Cabo  de  Pinos  (Cah'bow  Pe'noss).  Then  in  1693, 
Sebastian  Vizcaino  discovered  the  Carmel  (Kar-mell) 


tt^ti:  ^'t 


•Hi  4.1 


CUSTOM-HOUSE  PORTICO  AT  MONTEREY 


OUN  WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


147 


River,  and  on  the  16th  of  December  landed  at  Mon^ 
terey.  Here,  in  1770,  Junipero  Serra,  whose  name 
has  become  so  famihar  to  us,  founded  the  mission  San 
Carlos  Borromeo    (Bor-ro-may'o),    later    transferring 


ALTAR  IN  MONTEREY  CHINATOWN 


it  five  miles  east  to  the  banks  of  the  Carmel  River, 
where  we  will  visit  it. 

Closely  associated  with  Monterey  is  Del  Monte 
(Dell  ]\Ion^tay).  In  fact  we  have  probably  thought 
that  the  famous  Del  Monte  is  a  hotel  in  Monterey. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  is  not,  being  at  another  station 
entirely,  and  if  we  are  wise  we  will  take  rooms  in  the 
splendid  Httle  hotel  at  Monterey,  and  then  view  the 
Del  Monte  as  visitors  only. 


148  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

But  we  are  anticipating,  for  we  are  still  on  the 
train,  and  having  seen  that  last  mission,  have  wan- 
dered into  the  dining-car  with  twilight,  to  indulge  in 
California  artichokes  and  other  western  viands.  In  the 
night  and  rain,  we  dismount  at  Castroville  and  there 
take  another  train  for  Monterey.  At  the  station  of  Del 
Monte  many  people  get  out,  but  we  are  uninfluenced 
by  this  and  continue  right  on  to  the  city.  There,  as 
everywhere,  we  find  the  hotel  rates  include  meals, 
whether  they  be  eaten  in  the  hotel  or  not. 

THE   OLD   WHALING   DAYS    AND   THE    NEW 

Those  of  us  who  have  visited  Nantucket  may  recall 
having  heard  the  old  whalers  there  speak  of  Monterey 
whaling,  for  in  its  time  this  place  was  famous  for  its 
whaling  expeditions.  So,  being  in  Monterey,  we  shall 
look  up  the  old  whalers. 

For  breakfast  first,  however,  we  again  indulge 
in  local  products — mackerel  and  barracuda  (bahr-ra- 
koo'da),  preserved  figs  and  sliced  oranges.  Then  we 
take  a  stroll  in  the  main  street  of  the  town — a 
very  small  town  it  is — and  look  in  at  the  shops.  We 
note  the  tamale  everywhere;  in  fact  it  and  the  curio 
shops  would  seem  to  monopolize  commerce.  Pretty 
slabs  of  red-wood,  showing  the  hairy  bark,  queer 
ornaments  of  carved  whale-bone,  little  shell  orna- 
ments, etc.,  are  the  chief  displays.  At  the  upper 
end  of  town  the  old  custom-house,  its  second  floor 
enclosed  with  a  projecting  veranda,  while  the  first 
floor  has  no  porch,  is  interesting.  It  was  built  long 
ago,  and  is  particularly  famous  from  the  fact  that 
it   was    over   this    building   that    Commodore    Sloat 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  149 

hoisted  the  American  flag  in  1846,  to  signaUze  the 
passing  of  Cahfornia  from  Mexican  nile. 

Seated  on  the  benches  of  cobble-stone  under  the 
veranda  of  the  old  custom-house  we  meet  a  former 
whaler,  a  Portuguese,  who  came  here  years  ago  to 
engage  in  whaling.  Unlike  the  grounds  of  the  Nan- 
tucket whalers,  the  whaUng  grounds  for  these  men 
began  right  off  this  coast ;  occasionally  a  whale  would 
be  harpooned  right  in  the  bay  itself.  Seldom,  however, 
did  the  mariners  await  such  luck  as  that,  but  instead, 
if  the  weather  was  good,  one  boat  would  go  out  two 
miles,  and  another  perhaps  a  mile  and  a  half  and  take 
position,  so  that  the  first  boat  was  within  sight  of  the 
other  and  yet  was  not  in  its  path.  Then  they  drifted 
along  and  if  a  whale  was  seen,  he  would  be  driven 
toward  the  whaling  grounds  of  the  particular  com- 
pany to  which  the  ships  belonged,  and  there  taken. 
Thirty-foot  boats,  holding  six  men  apiece,  would  be 
employed  for  the  work,  and  these  would  carry  a  swivel 
gun  to  shoot  the  harpoon,  with  from  twenty  to  thirty 
fathoms  of  rope  attached,  into  the  whale.  When  the 
whalers  met  a  cow,  calf  and  bull  whale  the  work  was 
somewhat  simple.  If  the  parent  was  harpooned,  the 
others  would  flee.  But  if  the  calf  was  first  harpooned, 
the  parents  would  remain  trying  to  protect  it  and 
the  whalers  would  secure  all  three. 

As  we  had  a  good  account  of  whaling  given  us 
on  our  Nantucket  trip,  we  do  not  think  it  necessary 
now  to  jot  down  all  the  explanations  received  from 
the  old  salt.  We  record  only  the  fact  that  there  has 
been  no  whaling  at  Monterey  since  about  the  year 
1893. 


150 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


We  shall  learn  of  other  fishing  here,  for  the 
pomano,  for  example,  which  is  taken  in  the  barra- 
€ua  nets.  There  is  no  bait  employed  for  this,  the 
fishermen  going  out  by  night,  two  in  the  net  boats,  and 
when  they  feel  that  the  net  is  heavy  with  the  fish,  they 
take  it  up,  sometimes  three  or  four  times  in  a  night. 

The  Chinese  hereabouts  do  a  great  deal  of  fishing 
for  the  so-called  rock-fish  and  smelt,  which  latter 
are  caught  in  a  net  and  then  drawn  up.  The  Japanese, 
too,  are  indomitable  fishermen,  frequently  going  out 
to  harpoon  the  sharks  that  are  encountered  in  these 
waters.  Occasionally  a  boat  will  capsize  and  throw 
the  men  into  neighboring  nets,  a  rather  dangerous  acci- 
dent, but  the  Jap  does  not  seem  to  mind  in  the  least. 


A  BIT  QF  MONTEREY  CHINATOWN 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND  151 

Here  at  Monterey  we  are  shown  an  interesting 
relic,  the  anchor  of  the  famous  Natalia,  the  ship  on 
which  Xapoleon  escaped  from  Elba,  which  sank  in 
this  bay.  The  anchor  was  uncovered  but  recently 
and  will  probably  be  placed  in  a  local  park,  if  not 
returned  to  France. 

Across  the  ba}^,  as  we  walk  along,  we  see  a  Httle 
jetty  out  from  a  grassy  cape,  and  on  this  lawn  the 
famous  Junipero  [^lonument,  with  the  priest  standing 
within  a  grating,  that  we  have  so  often  seen  in  pictures. 
The  foundation  for  the  monument  to  the  man  who 
raised  the  first  flag  here  also  is  close  by. 

Returning  to  the  heart  of  town,  we  now  board  a 
street  car  for  Del  Monte  and  for  what  is  claimed  to 
be  the  finest  hotel  in  the  world. 

DEL   MONTE 

The  cars  taking  us  to  the  hotel  have  both  ends  open, 
the  center  enclosed  against  rainy  weather.  On  the 
way  we  note  the  number  of  Japanese  estabUshments 
and  their  pretty  names  (''Sun  Rise  and  Co., ^'  for 
example);  then  an  old  inn  mth  the  yellow,  sloping 
roof  and  white  verandas  on  the  upper  floor  overhang- 
ing the  walk.  Barbers  here  not  only  have  their  pole 
at  the  curb,  but  also  two  bars  of  red  and  white  stripes 
on  each  side  of  the  door.  We  pass  through  New 
Monterey,  a  more  modem  place,  and  dismount  finally 
at  Del  Monte. 

Across  the  road  stretches  a  high,  white-paUng  fence, 
lined  'wdth  a  still  higher  box  hedge  that  recalls  the 
tale  of  Sleeping  Beauty.  Behind  this  rise  tall  pin- 
oaks,  the  vanguard  to  the  hundred  and  twenty-six 


152 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


acre  preserve.  Through  the  moss  we  see  the  stables 
of  the  hotel.  We  pass  through  an  arch  in  the  hedge, 
cross  the  road  skirting  it  within  and  then  proceed 
through   another   hedge   and   up   the   lane.     On   our 


DEL  MONTE 

right  are  conservatories  and  beds  of  violets  and  daisies, 
fox-glove  and  salvias.  On  the  left  other  green-houses 
are  built  of  wood  scantlings  instead  of  glass,  and  these 
too  contain  rare  plants.  There  is  the  red  clianthus, 
for  instance,  which  has  a  flower  like  a  lobster's  claw, 
and  other  unusual  varieties. 

A  neat  little  store  here  sells  cut  flowers,  cyclamen, 
primulas  and  violets,  and  as  we  stop  we  note  a  sign 
announcing  the  hotel's  weekly  fire  drill,  for  a  regular 
fire  company  is  maintained.     Then  we  continue  on 


OUR   WESTERN  WONDERLAND  153 

over  the  famous  park,  where  orchids  and  geraniums 
and  square-shaped  flower  beds  continue  to  reveal 
their  beauties.  We  come  to  another  road  which 
winds  through  a  forest  of  bearded,  gnarled  oaks  and 
tall,  equally  bearded  pines,  beneath  which  the  grass 
and  the  buttercups  sprout.  This  we  cross,  catching 
a  ghmpse  as  we  do  so  of  many  curious  rectilinear 
flower  beds  in  the  forest,  and  observe  that  the  pines 
that  shelter  them  have  their  trunks  covered  with  ivy. 

At  last,  however,  passing  the  palm  beds,  we  come 
to  the  hotel,  a  three-story  frame  structure,  red-roofed, 
yellow-painted,  with  a  veranda,  glass-enclosed  in  places, 
along  the  lower  floor,  and  with  an  annex  on  one  side 
built  in  a  style  which  recalls  that  of  Swedish  buildings. 

We  do  not  remain  long  in  the  hotel,  but  as  we  are 
looking  around  we  notice  one  very  strange  thing  about 
its  arrangement:  Directly  facing  the  door,  across 
the  lobby,  seven  broad  carpeted  steps  lead  to  a  narrow 
landing  on  which  are  some  palms.  Ahead  there  is  a 
wall  of  mirrors.  Why  the  stairs?  we  wonder, — ^but 
only  until  meal  time,  when  the  mirrors  part  and  re- 
veal the  dining-room  behind.  Another  oddity  is  a 
corridor  which,  like  the  one  at  Paso  Robles,  leads 
off  from  the  lobby  through  the  entire  hotel.  We 
take  this  corridor,  and  by  and  by  we  find  it  comes  to 
a  parting  of  the  ways,  a  partition  down  its  length 
making  two  halls  instead  of  one.  One  of  these  slopes  up 
to  another  floor,  the  other  down  to  the  basement. 

THE   WHALE-BONE   WORKER 

On  our  way  back  to  Monterey  we  drop  in  to  visit 
a  curious  little  industry,  the  working  up  of  the  bone 


154  A  LITTLE   JOURNEY  TO 

of  the  whale  (not  the  whale-bone  of  commerce)  into 
fanciful  shapes,  such  as  pictures  of  the  mission,  etc. 
The  bone  for  these  was  obtained  from  the  old  side- 
walks of  Monterey  when  these  were  condemned. 
Owing  to  the  accumulation  of  this  material  when  they 
were  laid,  they  were  composed  of  the  bone  of  the 
whale,  which  now  is  simply  sawed  into  shape  and  then 
given  an  artistic  finish. 

PACIFIC    GROVE 

In  the  afternoon  we  go  by  car  to  Pacific  Grove,  one 
of  the  most  delightful  little  spots  on  the  coast.  On 
our  way  we  pass  a  Chinese  fishing  village,  to  be  visited 
later  on,  the  little  frame  huts  huddling  on  the  rocks 
much  as  they  do  at  Canton.  The  village  is  quite 
different  from  any  other  Chinatown  in  the  land. 
At  the  Grove  itself  the  neat  frame  houses  all  stand  in 
a  dense  cypress  grove ;  some  of  them  have  roses  chmb- 
ing  up  to  their  eaves  and  all  have  flower  beds  about 
them.  In  fact  the  Grove  is  just  a  sort  of  park  by  the 
sea  with  the  addition  of  the  California  flowers  and 
climate  to  make  it  charming.  At  the  end  of  the  line 
we  wander  out  to  a  rocky  cove  where  the  wild, 
beautiful  surf  beats  high  on  the  great  rocks  with  such 
force  and  continuous  motion  as  to  recall  the  whirlpool 
at  Niagara.  There  is  a  little  Japanese  tea  garden 
here,  into  which  we  step  and  enjoy  the  breakers 
and  the  beauty  of  the  site  over  a  steaming  cup  of 
Hyson. 

We  then  stroll  back  along  the  coast  to  the 
Chinese  fishing  village.  We  find  it  a  most  interesting 
place,  which  we  shall   not    soon   forget.     The    huts 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


155 


are  of  wood,  black  and  weatherbeaten.  The  people  are 
all  fishermen,  and  being  away  from  the  beaten  tourist 
paths  and  not  much  troubled  with  sight-seers,  they 
are  quite  friendly.     They  let  us  wander  as  we  will 


CHINESE  FISHING  VILLAGE  NEAR  PACIFIC  GROVE 

and  on  closer  inspection  we  find  the  houses  to  con- 
sist of  one  or  two  rooms ;  the  only  windows  are  at  the 
top  of  the  roof;  a  single  narrow  door  is  left  open  to 
the  sea.  Inside  some  of  the  houses  there  is  cheap 
wallpaper  and  in  the  gloom  we  detect  a  low  cot  covered 
with  blankets  unfolded  against  the  wall,  a  few 
chairs,  and  general  disorder.  The  men  of  the  village 
go  about  here  in  loose  black  satin  trousers  and  light 
blue  satin  coats  over  a  ministerial-looking  vest,  the 
hair  done  in  a  cue  which  is  frequently  wound  about 


156  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

the  head.  They  are  very  careful  of  their  cues,  for 
without  them  they  can  never  return  to  China.  The 
women  hobble  about  with  nothing  on  their  feet  but 
clogs.  They  have  not  the  abnormally  small  feet  we 
read  of  as  characteristic  of  Chinese  women.  It  seems 
that  only  the  upper  classes  are  thus  deformed.  They 
wear  circles  of  gold  in  their  ears,  from  which  hang 
pretty  green  stones. 

Several  of  the  houses  have  on  the  outside  of  the 
door  a  little  shelf  where  joss-sticks  are  burned  in  tin 
cans.  Across  the  beach,  on  the  rocks,  the  Cantonese 
skiffs  are  drawn  up.  They  are  square  at  each  end, 
while  from  the  middle  rises  a  low  mast,  across  which 
an  iron  bar  is  fastened  at  right  angles ;  from  the  ends 
of  this  hang  iron  nets.  In  these  pieces  of  wood  are 
burnt  at  night  in  order  to  attract  the  fish.  The 
fishermen  usually  go  out  at  two  in  the  morning  and 
return  about  two  in  the  afternoon. 

PROFESSOR   LOEB^S   LABORATORY 

A  BIT  farther  down  the  beach  we  see  two  neat 
frame  houses  on  a  well  kept  lawn,  seemingly  hidden 
from  the  world.  This  is  the  laboratory  and  summer 
home  of  the  famous  Prof.  Loeb,  who  is  working  out 
the  mysteries  of  the  origin  of  life.  Often  on  a  fine 
day  Mr.  Loeb,  a  genial,  middle-aged  gentleman,  may 
be  seen  walking  up  and  down  for  a  bit  of  exercise, 
while  his  assistants  bring  fresh  sea-urchins  from  the 
rocks. 

If  it  chances  to  rain  we  will  hurry  back  to  China- 
town, for  the  downpour  will  give  us  an  excuse  to  take 
refuge  in  one  of  the  fishermen's  huts  and  so  see  how 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  157 

they  look  inside.  The  tiny,  foot-square  windows 
up  in  the  peaked  roof  and  the  floor  of  dirty  bare 
boards  recall  the  houses  we  visited  on  our  Little 
Journey  to  Iceland,  although  there  we  did  not  see, 
as  here,  an  opium  outfit  burning  on  the  unmade  cot. 
There  are  twelve  children  in  this  family,  and  as  the 
girls  wear  trousers  it  is  hard  in  the  dark  to  tell 
girls  and  boys  apart.  Some  of  the  boys  wear  Ameri- 
can attire,  but  the  little  babies  are  in  the  gay  Chinese 
costume, — green  suits,  little  round  caps  and  white 
lace  dresses  over  all.  Against  one  wall,  on  a  projection 
like  a  mantel,  is  the  joss.  Red  papers  with  black 
lettering,  forming  three  sides  of  a  square,  are  on  the 
wall,  and  in  front  of  this  are  pewter  utensils  like  candle- 
sticks into  which  the  joss-sticks  are  placed.  Then 
there  are  two  pewter  bowls  for  sacrifices  and  a  dish  of 
blooming  narcissus  and  the  food  from  which  the 
spirits  of  the  ancestors  are  believed  to  take  their 
sustenance. 

'^Here  are  my  papa  and  mama,^'  our  host  explains, 
while  his  httle  son  Ughts  some  joss-sticks  and  sets 
them  burning  in  the  cups. 

By  and  by,  they  bring  out  a  great  wicker  basket 
and  from  it  take  a  blue  china  tea-pot,  pouring  from 
this  into  handleless  cups  weak  Chinese  tea,  which 
they  take  without  sugar. 

Again  returning  to  Monterey,  we  chat  with  some 
of  her  citizens  about  her  past.  The  first  theater 
in  California,  we  learn,  was  here,  and  in  this  Jenny 
Lind  sang.  Here,  too.  General  Sherman  wooed  a  girl, 
secured  her  promise  to  marry  him  and  then  never 
came  back  to  claim  her.     Here  some  of  the  scenes 


158  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

described  in  ^^'Two  Years  Before  the  Mast^'  took 
place,  and  at  Monterey  Robert  Louis  Stevenson  rested 
awhile  in  his  search  for  health  before  he  became  world- 
renowned. 

> 

THE   SEVENTEEN-MILE   DRIVE 

The  famous  seventeen-mile  drive  in  this  vicinity  is 
another  of  the  many  attractions  which  justify  the 
claim  of  Monterey  to  the  distinction  of  possessing 
more  points  of  interest  within  its  six-mile  radius  than 
any  other  place  of  liT^e  size.  We  have  reserved  the 
next  day  for  this,  and  start  early.  Our  route  lies 
again  toward  Chinatown,  and  as  we  wish  to  take 
some  photographs  we  diverge  to  pay  it  another 
visit.  We  pass  through  a  portion  not  seen  before; 
and  so  reach  the  cemetery,  where  each  lot  is  surrounded 
by  a  board  fence  originally  square;  inside  this  are  the 
graves.  A  new  grave  is  made  conspicuous  here  by  a 
tall  pole  topped  with  a  gilded  piece  of  board  to  which 
is  attached  a  bit  of  spruce.  From  this  board  a  pink 
flag  covered  with  black  characters  is  draped.  Near 
this  is  a  shorter  pole  on  which  is  a  broader  pink  flag 
and  a  brown  ribbon  trailing  to  a  third  low  staff  which 
bears  a  pink  Chinese  umbrella  trimmed  with  green. 
An  old  soap-box  filled  with  edibles  stands  beside 
the  grave. 

After  having  been  buried  several  years,  the  remains 
of  the  Chinese  are  shipped  back  to  China,  so  that  the 
cemetery  is  far  from  full.  Continuing  our  ride,  we 
come  by  and  by  to  the  forest  lodge  that  admits  to  the 
famous  drive.  As  this  is  a  private  institution  we  pay 
a  quarter  apiece  for  the  privilege  of  driving  along  the 


OUR   WESTERN  WONDERLAND 


159 


road,  and  then  skim  down  the  avenue  which  leads 
into  the  pretty  pine  woods  and  through  the  open 
meadows.  A  catelo  (kat-e-lo),  a  cross-breed  of 
bison  and  milch  cow,  roams  here,  taking  to  his  heels 


■■ 

CHINESE  GRAVE   IN  MONTEREY  CHINATOWN 


at  the  sight  of  us.  On  the  rocks  by  the  sea  we  find 
here  still  another,  smaller,  Chinese  village,  and  then 
ahead  the  famous  Ostrich  Tree  comes  in  sight.  Out 
at  the  tip  of  a  cape,  it  looks  Uke  an  ostrich  just  about 
to  peck  his  way  into  the  sea.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
the  Ostrich  Tree  really  consists  *  of  two  trees,  both 
c}^resses,  that  have  grown  into  each  other  and  have 
assumed  this  curious  shape. 

Again  and   again  we  dismount  along  the  shore  to 


160 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


gather  the  magnificent  large  abalone  shells  to  be 
found  here  in  any  quantity.  We  diverge  from  the 
main  path  to  pass  through  the  cypress  forest,  strangely 
wild  and  weird  and  reminding  us  of  the-  Mount 
of  Olives,  to  reach  the  Ostrich  itself,  that  we  may 
take  a  near  snap-shot  of  it.  The  cypresses  here,  it  is 
claimed,  are  unique,  the  wind  having  so  blown  their 


MONTEREY    PINE    TREES 

branches  as  to  form  regular  shelves  or  layers  smooth 
as  a  hedge  all  up  the  trees.  The  sea  runs  in,  forming 
quiet  httle  bays,  and  there  are  more  Chinese  fishing- 
huts,  mere  ^'wicki-ups,^'  that  fit  well  into  the  scene 
and  recall  the  South  Sea  Islands  so  forcibly  that  we 
should  not  be  surprised  to  see  some  pirate  ship  come 
sailing  in.     It  is  a  very  lovely  scene,  and  we  feel  as 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


161 


though  we  should  be  perfectly  content  to  ride  on 
through  these  seaside  forests  forever. 

By  and  by,  however,  we  emerge  from  the  drive  and 
continue  on  our  way  to  Carmel. 

CARMEL-BY-THE-SEA 

This  town  is  rather  new,  and  the  way  to  it  is  down- 
hill through  the  woods,  where  the  scene  is  one  of  pris- 
tine wildness.  In  the  pine  forests,  however,  homes  are 
being  built,  principally  of  shingles  and  having  a  rustic 
air  that  recalls  the  small  towns  of  Wisconsin.  On 
the  main  street  there  are  perhaps  six  stores  in  all, 
and  a  hotel  set  among  the  trees  on  the  seaside.     We 


CARMEL  MISSION 


162  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

drive  by  and  on  to  the  open  forest-enclosed  valley 
in  the  mountains,  to  the  old  mission  of  Carmel.  Be- 
yond it  are  the  ruins  of  the  first  mission,  long  since 
passed  away.  This  more  recent  one  has  a  little  yellow 
dome  and  cross  on  one  side,  while  to  right  and  left 
of  the  center  the  bells  hang  in  small  towers.  From 
here  we  return  on  the  circuit  of  the  drive  to  Mon- 
terey. 

While  there  is  still  time  between  trains  at  Monterey, 
it  does  not  hang  heavy.  We  visit  the  marine  labora- 
tory of  California  University  once  more,  and  then  enjoy 
idling  on  the  rocks  above  the  bay,  watching  an  oil 
steamer  from  Honolulu  come  gently  in,  while  the  sun- 
set falls  on  the  picture. 

Then  with  night  we  return  by  train  to  Castroville, 
to  continue  on  ten  miles  to  Pajaro  (Pah-hah-ro), 
where  another  branch  of  the  railroad  takes  us  to 
Santa  Cruz. 

SANTA   CRUZ 

We  are  now  nearing  the  end  of  February  and  the 
rainy  season  is  on,  and  we  are  given  a  day  of  rest  in 
Santa  Cruz  by  the  rains.  When  one  cannot  take  pic- 
tures of  what  he  sees,  to  perpetuate  it,  it  is  useless 
to  proceed  on  so  long  a  journey  as  ours,  for  even  the 
best  memory,  as  years  go  by,  will  fail  to  recall  many 
scenes.  So  we  simply  sit  about  the  fire  in  a  home-like 
hotel  and  read  of  this  region, — of  the  good  salmon 
fishing  close  by  and  of  old  Mission  Santa  Cruz,  founded 
by  Father  Salaza  Lopez  in  1791.  We  chat  with 
an  old  couple  who  are  here  to  escape  the  rose-fever 
(much  like  the  hay-fever  of  the  East),  an  orange  seller, 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  163 

and  the  owner  of  a  cafeteria  in  Los  Angeles,  where 
each  takes  his  own  tray  from  a  counter,  helps  himself 
to  what  he  wants,  and  before  sitting  down  to  eat, 
has  it  checked  up  and  pays  for  it.  When  the  rain 
holds  off  a  bit,  we  walk  through  the  great  covered 
bridge  to  the  heart  of  town,  where  rain  and  the  darkness 
have  compelled  the  neat  little  stores  to  Ught  up  as  is 
done  during  Christmas  week  in  the  East. 

The  day  of  rest  does  us  good,  and  we  rise  next 
morning  all  the  better  for  it  and  eager  to  be  off.  It 
is  still  raining,  but  we  resolve  to  ''do''  Santa  Cruz  at 
least.  The  gardens  with  their  endless  array  of  flowers 
make  us  forget  the  rain.  By  and  by  we  board  a  car 
for  Capitola  (Kap-e-to-la),  going  out  Pacific  Avenue, 
the  main  street,  and  passing  the  CathoHc  Church,  in 
the  mission  style,  which  marks  the  site  of  old  Santa 
Cruz  mission.  Redwood  lumber  yards  arrest  our  at- 
tention by  the  almost  scarlet  color  of  the  lumber 
now  that  it  is  wet.  At  the  end  of  the  line  we  take 
in  the  ^larine  Casino,  one  of  the  features  of  summer 
life  at  Santa  Cruz,  which  is  a  great  resort  for  Calif or- 
nians.  Now  the  place  is  well-nigh  deserted  and  ducks 
are  swimming  in  the  surf  where  in  the  summer  thou- 
sands bathe  daily.  All  the  attractions  of  a  Coney 
Island  in  miniature  are  here  in  the  season,  but  now 
the  little  sheds  are  closed  and  their  attendants  gone. 
In  the  summer,  too,  there  is  a  great  tent  city  here, 
but  of  that  there  is  now  no  vestige.  Ha\dng  .  ex- 
hausted this  section,  we  return  to  town  and  take  the 
cars  to  another  point.  This  brings  us  to  a  queer  old 
place  known  locally  as  the  ''Zoo,"  but  in  reality  the 
winter  home  of  a  small  circus.     On  the  porches  the 


164  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

poles  and  tents  are  stored,  while  inside  the  structure 
are  the  cages,  row  on  row,  with  no  attempt  to  make 
a  show  place. 

Over  the  way  is  the  Cliff  Museum,  from  which  one 
may  look  out  to  the  greyish-yellow  sea  breaking  on  the 
cliffs,  but  this,  too,  is  closed  at  this  time  of  year  and 
only  a  desolate  monkey  remains  outside  on  the  porch. 

THE    BIG   TREES 

It  is  still  raining,  but  we  cannot  delay  any  longer, 
and  in  the  afternoon  take  the  train  for  the  Big  Trees. 
The  trip  is  a  pretty  one,  out  through  dense  tangles  of 
pines,  oaks,  blue  gums,  and  tall  redwoods,  through 
which  one  sees  the  opposite  mountains  with  the  vin- 
yards,  the  vines  cut  down  so  low  as  to  make  them 
look  like  little  dots  on  a  quilt.  Lumber  camps  are 
to  be  seen  in  the  valley  and  six-horse  teams  dragging 
the  trunks  go  slowly  by.  The  ride,  however,  is  only 
six  miles  long  and  we  are  soon  at  the  Trees.  Had 
the  weather  been  fair  we  should  probably  have  driven 
one  way  and  returned  by  train,  in  order  to  see  both 
routes. 

The  station  itself  is  of  redwood  shingles,  a  pictur- 
esque little  place,  with  the  stupendous  forest  of  giant 
trees  all  about.  Not  that  the  trees  are  so  great  in 
their  circumference;  it  is  the  height  which  fairly 
stupefies  us.  We  can  see  their  summits  only  by 
bending  way  back.  We  are  surrounded  by  a  perfect 
wilderness,  all  about  rise  the  forest-clad  Santa  Cruz 
Mountains,  wild  and  beautiful,  behind  us  is  the  grove 
of  the  Trees, — that  is  all.  We  pass  through  the  gate- 
way in  the  tall  board  fence  enclosing  them  and  a  guide 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND    •  165 

in  rubber  boots,  coat  and  cap  meets  us.  He  tells  how 
the  place  was  originally  a  Spanish  grant  dating  back 
to  1846,  and  consisted  of  three  hundred  and  fifty-six 
acres.  When  Fremont  came  it  was  the  property  of 
a  white  man  named  Graham,  who  hved  out  here  among 
the  Indians  and  who  is  supposed  to  have  been  a  de- 
serter from  the  crew  of  some  vessel. 

We  pass  the  lodge  of  the  guides  and  then  to  the 
trees  themselves.  First  we  are  shown  the  ^^ General 
Fremont,^^  the  tree  beneath  which  Fremont  camped 
for  part  of  the  winter  during  the  Mexican  war,  making 
his  home  in  a  room  16x28x18  feet  inside, — a  chamber 
into  which  not  less  than  fifty  people  can  crowd. 
Later  a  shoemaker  had  his  shop  in  this  room,  and 
within  it  an  American  is  now  buried.  The  tree  stands 
just  two  hundred  and  eighty  feet  high. 

None  of  the  trees  inside  the  fence  now  are  allowed 
to  be  cut,  though  outside  lumbering  of  the  great 
redwoods  continues.  This  we  learn  as  we  pass  on 
to  the  ' ^ Jumbo  ^'  tree,  on  which  there  is  a  knot  like 
an  elephant's  head.  Close  beside  are  the  ^Three 
Sisters,''  three  trees  connected  by  the  root,  where 
they  were  partly  burnt  by  the  Indians  prior  to  1848. 
One  of  the  trees  leans  forty-two  feet,  othen^dse  they 
are  in  line.  W^e  pass  a  tree  with  a  knot  in  the  form 
of  a  buffalo  head,  and  then  over  the  very  wet  ground, 
covered  with  the  decaying  brown  needles  of  the  trees 
and  their  tiny  cones,  to  the  '^  Giant  Tree,  ^'the  greatest 
tree  in  the  world.  This  tree  had  seventy-five  feet 
broken  from  its  top  at  some  previous  time,  though 
within  the  memory  of  man  and  recorded  histor\^  none 
of  the  trees  have  been  struck  by  Ughtning,  but  it  still 


166  .  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

stands  three  hundred  and  six  feet  high  and  is  twenty- 
two  feet  in  circumference.  It  would  make  in  lumber 
some  two  million  feet  which  would  sell  at  from  eigh- 
teen to  twenty  dollars  a  thousand  feet.  In  awe  we 
look  up  through  the  wet  limbs,  the  highest  far  up 
indeed,  to  the  top,  arching  like  a  cathedral  spire. 
Before  Adam  was,  perhaps,  this  giant  lived.  On  the 
ground  beneath  us  some  of  his  seeds  have  taken  root 
and  are  sprouting  and  when  we  are  long  forgotten 
they  perhaps  will  be  mere  toddlers  in  the  forest. 

Here,  too,  is  the  ^^ General  Grant,''  with  a  trunk 
twenty-two  feet  through.  The  trunks  of  the  trees  are 
covered  with  a  yellow-green  algae  and  moss.  Some 
of  these  trees,  it  is  estimated,  are  three  and  five 
thousand  years  old,  some  are  even  older. 

To  name  all  the  big  fellows  would  be  tedious.  There 
is  the  ^'Roosevelt,"  which  it  takes  nine  people, 
touching  finger  tips,  to  encircle  (the  General  Grant 
requires  fourteen);  then  the  ^^McKinley,''  the  ^^ Sher- 
man'' and  the  ^'Ingersoll."  Strangely  enough,  the 
roots  of  these  trees  are  quite  near  the  surface  of 
the  ground;  there  is  practically  no  tap  root  at  all. 
Very  few  birds  inhabit  the  branches,  and  these 
chiefly  blue- jays,  although  squirrels  are  numerous. 

Down  beneath  the  redwoods,  the  baytrees  and  the 
madrone,  which  latter  sheds  its  bark  annually  like 
a  sycamore,  and  sometimes  twice  a  year  at  the  top 
and  once  at  the  base,  thrive  lustily.  We  learn  that 
from  the  tops  of  these  shrubs  to  the  first  limb  of  the 
big  fellows  the  distance  is  generally  about  one-third 
the  height  of  the  entire  tree  and  that  the  diameter 
of  a  tree  is  one-third  of  the  circumference.     No  per- 


OUR   WESTERN    WONDERLAND  167 

ceptible  difference  in  the  height  of  the  trees  is  no- 
ticeable in  a  Ufe-time.  It  takes  about  sixty  rings  at 
one  ring  a  year  to  make  an  inch  increase  in  height, 
but  as  these  rings  are  counted  on  both  sides  it  takes 
thirty  years  to  increase  the  diameter  of  the  tree  an 
inch.  Some  trees  will  have  perhaps  twenty-five  rings 
to  the  inch,  others  upward  of  sixty. 

There  is  one  place  here  in  the  San  Lorenzo 
(Lo-ren'zo)  Canon  where  a  tree  was  upturned  and 
the  hollow  has  parth^  filled  with  needles  and  cones. 
There  it  was,  the  guides  tell  the  rustic,  that  Xoah 
got  the  lumber  for  his  ark.  Maybe  it  was.  Who 
knows? 

In  cutting  the  redwoods  outside  the  grove,  a  saw 
ten  to  fourteen  feet  in  length  worked  by  two  men 
{one  at  each  end)  is  employed.  It  will  take  the  pair 
about  a  day  to  cut  a  good-sized  tree.  First  the  tree 
is  cut  perhaps  a  third  of  the  way  across,  a  wedge- 
shaped  incision.  Then  the  men  attack  the  tree  on 
the  other  side  and  by  means  of  wedging  make  it  fall 
in  the  direction  they  wish.  This  is  in  order  to  avoid 
breaking  the  others  in  its  descent.  A  crew  of  men 
then  peel  off  the  bark  to  use  for  souvenirs.  This  is 
spongy  to  the  touch,  but  not  easily  severed  from  the 
tree.  Then  the  log  is  cut  into  links  of  from  twelve 
to  forty  or  fifty  feet  in  length  for  the  mill. 

We  have  plenty  of  time  to  spare  at  the  grove  before 
the  train  leaves  and  so  see  it  thoroughly.  Then, 
finally,  we  return  to  Santa  Cruz  for  our  possessions 
and  again  by  railway  to  Pajaro.  We  have  a  forty- 
nine-mile  ride  ahead  of  us  to  San  Jose  (Ho-zay'),  the 
Garden  City. 


168 


A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 


SAN   JOSE,    THE    GARDEN    CITY 

San  Jose,  we  read  in  the  railway  booklets  as  we  spin 
along,  is  famed  for  its  prunes,  apricots,  peaches, 
plums,  apples,  grapes,  and  nuts,  its  seed  and  its  vege- 
tables. It  is  the  greatest  beet  cultivating  center  and 
tool  manufacturing  place  in  the  West,  and  the  second 


SAN  JOSE,  A  TYPICAL  SMALL  CITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 


city  of  fruitland  in  its  general  agricultural  output. 
Here  are  the  great  canneries  and  the  green-fruit 
packeries,  and  here  from  May  to  November  unripe 
or  ripe  fruits  and  after  that  dried  fruits,  are  prepared. 
This  is  the  famous  Santa  Clara  fruit  section,  named 
for  the  mission  of  Santa  Clara  founded  in  this  valley 
in  1777,  and  to  which  at  one  time  over  fourteen  hun- 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  169 

dred  Indians  came  to  worship.  There  are  very  nearly 
nine  thousand  Indian  names  on  its  books. 

It  is  almost  one  in  the  morning  when  we  get  to  San 
Jose  and  so  hurry  to  the  hotel  and  to  bed.  The  next 
morning  we  readily  understand  why  San  Jose  is  called 
the  Garden  City.  We  are  charmed  with  it  at  once. 
Trees  are  set  out  along  all  the  avenues  with  ivy  cUmb- 
ing  up  their  trunks.  Flowers,  too,  and  plants  and 
palms  ever}"where  meet  the  eye. 

When  we  get  among  the  stores  we  find  that  very 
nearly  every  one  of  these  has  a  bicycle  rack  in  front, 
for  so  level  is  the  valley  that  bicycling  is  the  popu- 
lar mode  of  locomotion  here.  We  walk  along  to 
the  school-house,  which  stands  in  a  fine  garden,  then 
through  the  park  before  the  City  Hall  and  the  State 
Normal  School,  to  take  a  peep  at  the  first  skyscraper 
of  San  Jose,  which  is  now  rapidly  going  up.  On  the 
sidewalks  men  peddle  violets  at  a  dime  a  bunch 
and  in  the  grocery  windows  all  manner  of  nuts 
are  for  sale. 

Over  the  city  there  rises  a  very  tall  electric  light 
tower,  the  four  piers  of  which  are  joined  by  a  series 
of  twelve  concentric  steel  rings.  The  globes  are  at 
the  top.  Looking  up  toward  them,  we  are  reminded 
of  the  Eiffel  Tower  of  Paris.  The  tower  stands 
at  the  intersection  of  the  two  most  important  streets 
of  the  city  and  from  it  we  overlook  the  principal  parts 
of  San  Jose.  It  is  such  a  clean,  modern  city  that 
there  are  few  actual  sights  as  such,  excepting  the  great 
Notre  Dame  Convent,  past  which  we  walk.  On 
the  telegraph  poles,  too,  we  note  ^'city  directories,^' 
tin  boxes  with  a  glass  pane  in  the  cover  and  a  handle 


170 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


at  the  side,  on  the  turning  of  which  latter  the  names  of 
leading  firms  appear  under  the  glass. 

We  walk  over  the  city,  peeping  at  its  fruit  stores  and 
canneries,  and  then  engage  a  buggy  to  visit  the  largest 
seed  farm  in  the  world. 

THE   LARGEST   SEED    FARM    IN   THE   WORLD 

This  is  out  near  the  town  of  Coyote  (Ki-o-te),  and 
embraces  some  three  hundred  and  ninety  acres.  As 
we  ride  out  of  the  town  we  note  the  many  foreign 
names  of  shopkeepers.  Here  is  a  French  laundry, 
run  by  the  Braiquets  (Bri-ketts),  and  there  are  shops 
kept  by  the  Bercovichs  (Bur-ko-vicks)  and  the  Viseglias 
(Viz-zee-glee-ahs)  and  goodness  knows  who  not.     Then 


SEED   FARMS,  SAN  JOSE 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  171 

there  are  Chinese  laundries  and  there  is  a  St.  Patrick's 
Church,  built  in  imitation  of  the  one  in  New  York. 
And  ever}^^here  there  are  flowers. 

When  we  strike  the  open  country  we  ride  through 
great  bare  orchards  and  pasture  land,  with  here  and 
there  a  peach  grove  just  beginning  to  bloom,  and  the 
bees  are  singing  in  one  great  oratorio. 

Finally,  we  come  to  the  seed  farm, — endlessly  long 
rows  of  green  seedlings  of  vegetables  stretching  to 
distant  trees  and  still  more  distant  clumps  of  build- 
ings. Acres  of  vegetables,  in  various  stages  of  growth, 
are  seen  on  all  sides  and  in  these  both  Chinese  and 
Japs  are  at  work,  using  the  same  implements  they  do 
in  far  Japan. 

We,  however,  are  most  interested  in  the  magnitude 
of  everything.  There  are  two  hundred  acres  in  let- 
tuce alone  and  it  takes  the  men  about  two  and  a  half 
months  to  seed  them.  Six  men  and  a  horse  are  re- 
quired to  do  the  planting,  and  that  with  the  most 
modem  tools.  One  acre  of  land  will  give  from  six 
to  eight  hundred  pounds  of  seed.  The  plants  begin 
to  bloom  in  July  and  the  seeds  ripen  in  September. 
The  plants  are  then  cut  with  a  sickle  and  placed  in 
sacks  to  keep  the  birds  from  them.  They  are  after 
ward  flailed  and  screened  and  the  seed  then  put  into 
sacks  for  sale. 

So  it  goes  with  the  other  things.  Imagine  a  great 
lettuce  field  in  bloom ;  hundreds  and  hundreds  of  acres. 
Or  the  soft  green  rows  of  parsley  and  of  oyster  plant; 
of  carrots,  leek,  radish  and  parsnip,  or  anything  else 
you  can  think  of  in  the  way  of  vegetables.  So  large 
is  the  place  that  it  requires  men  to  do  nothing  but 


172  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

attend  to  the  little  things  that  we  should  almost  think 
insignificant.  For  example,  just  think  of  two  men 
being  employed  the  year  round  simply  to  trap  gophers 
and  vermin  that  get  at  the  plants. 

It  gives  us  a  new  idea  of  the  magnitude  of  the  seed 
industry  and  causes  us  to  stop  and  think  whence 
really  come  the  vegetables  that  grace  our  daily  board. 

MT.    HAMILTON   AND    LICK    OBSERVATORY 

Of  course  every  one  who  visits  San  Jose  wants  to 
pay  a  visit  to  Mt.  Hamilton  and  the  famous  Lick 
Observatory.  We  have  the  choice  of  two  excursions 
— that  by  night  on  the  given  evening  when  tourists 
are  permitted  to  look  through  the  telescope,  or  in  the 
day  time  when  other  wonders  of  the  place  are  shown. 
Unless  we  are  well  up  in  astronomy  and  can  appreciate 
the  differences  between  what  this  glass  shows  and 
what  we  have  seen  through  other  famous  telescopes, 
we  shall  do  best  to  make  the  trip  by  day. 

We  leave  at  six  by  wagonette,  with  a  great  burly 
western  driver — ^who  is  himself  a  character — on  the 
box,   and  some  chatty  eastern  ladies  for  company. 

Some  of  these  ^ ^Knights  of  the  Lash''  were  drivers 
of  the  overland  and  other  stages  in  the  ^'days  of  '49," 
when  gold  was  discovered  in  California,  and  if  they 
are  in  a  chatty  mood,  can  give  many  interesting  and 
exciting  stories  of  their  strange  and  thrilling  exper- 
iences. 

The  stage  road  over  which  we  travel  was  built 
by  the  Supervisors  of  Santa  Clara  County  at  great 
expense.  When  James  Lick  finally  decided  to  locate 
his  great  observatory  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Hamil- 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


173 


LICK  OBSEPvVATOHY 

ton,  he  made  the  building  of  this  road  one  of  the  con- 
ditions, and  the  supervisors,  recognizing  the  great 
attraction  such  an  institution  would  add  to  their 
county  voted  the  amount  necessary-  and  duly  con- 
structed the  road.  It  is  well  engineered  and  is  one  of 
the  fuiest  mountain  roads  in  the  world. 

]\Iount  Hamilton  was  named  after  a  popular  Congre- 
gational preacher  of  Oakland,  California,  who  was 
a  great  student  of  nature  and  often  used  to  cUmb  the 
mountains  of  this  region. 

The  teacher  of  one  of  the  wa^^side  schools  rides  a  part 
of  the  way  with  us  and  the  children  salute  her  as  we 
pass  by.  As  we  leave  the  mail  at  their  parents'  homes, 
they  throw  poppies  into  the  wagon  to  us,  —a  pretty 
custom  brought  from  the  home  count r}\ 


174  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

The  great  smiling  valley  which  we  traverse 
reminds  us  greatly  of  the  White  Mountains  in  the 
vicinity  of  Fabyans.  We  stop  at  the  Grand  View 
House,  eleven  miles  from  San  Jose,  at  an  elevation  of 
sixteen  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  and  then  come  in  sight 
of  the  observatory  on  the  top  of  the  mountain. 
Toward  this  we  keep  ever  winding.  Meantime  the  driver 
tells  of  the  observatory — ^how  that  James  Lick  of  San 
Francisco,  left  a  million  and  a  quarter  dollars  for  its 
establishment  and  then  turned  it  over  as  a  part  of  the 
Astronomical  Department  of  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. 

Then  we  reach  the  half-way  house.  We  lunch  here 
and  peep  into  a  queer  little  den  entirely  covered  with 
the  skins  of  wild  animals. 

From  this  point  on  there  is  a  turn  in  the  road  for  every 
day  in  the  year,  and  a  mile  for  every  day  of  the  week. 
We  continue  through  a  canon  of  the  bearded  oaks 
and  see  the  mistletoe  hanging  in  balls.  We  climb 
steadily  higher  and  higher,  overlooking  the  Santa 
Clara  Valley.  Then,  finally,  we  come  out  on  the  top, 
at  the  famous  Lick  Observatory,  the  buildings  rising 
about  like  some  feudal  castle  on  the  crest  of  the  hill. 

Inside,  the  guides  await  us.  They  show  us  pic- 
tures and  rare  old  autograph  prints  in  the  visitors' 
room;  then  the  great  library,  leading  off  from  it. 
After  that  we  climb  the  stairs  into  the  great  dome, 
painted  a  rich  green-blue,  to  peep  at  the  large  refract- 
ing telescope  with  its  thirty-six  inch  glass,  the  second 
largest  in  the  world,  being  second  only  to  the  famous 
Yerkes  glass.  The  object  glass  here  is  of  two  lenses, 
one  of  common  and  the  other  of  flint  glass,  these  set- 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND  175 

six  inches  apart.  AVe  look  at  these  and  at  the  eye- 
piece at  the  other  end  of  the  tube;  at  the 
oblong  box-like  instrument  with  which  the  stars  are 
photographed ;  and  then  at  the  various  apparatus  for 
clamping  the  telescope  and  adjusting  it  to  the  image. 

The  telescope,  we  learn,  is  fifty-eight  feet  long  and 
weighs  three  tons  and  a  half.  In  spite  of  its  great 
size  and  weight  it  can  be  moved  with  the  gentlest 
touch  of  the  hand.  A  clock-work  arrangement 
causes  it  also  to  revolve  with  the  motion  of  what- 
ever star  the  astronomer  wishes  to  follow. 

Then  the  great  dome  of  steel,  weighing  a  hundred 
tons  and  moved  so  that  any  portion  of  the  area  may 
be  opened,  is  explained,  as  is  also  the  floor,  which  can 
be  made  to  rise  sixteen  feet  so  as  to  be  at  a  conven- 
ient height  under  the  instrument  in  observing.  The 
observation  seat  also  slides  up  and  down  on  a  step- 
line,  so  that  the  operator  may  be  comfortable  when^ 
using  the  eye-piece. 

This  e3'e-piece,  we  learn,  can  be  made  to  magnify^ 
from  three  hundred  to  three  thousand  diameters, 
though  two  thousand  four  hundred  power  is  what  is- 
usually  used.  The  glass  cost  about  thirty-five  hundred 
dollars.  The  lens  has  a  magnifying  power  of  two  thou- 
sand six  hundred  diameters.  It  is  scarcely  larger 
than  a  pin-head;  the  larger  the  lens,  the  less  the 
power. 

Descending  the  stairs,  we  enter  the  open  room  be- 
neath the  dome.  A  black  pier  runs  down  it,  this 
pier  resting  on  the  tomb  of  Lick.  Lick  was  a  piano- 
maker,  rather  than  an  astronomer,  and  died  in  Saa 
Francisco  in  1876. 


176  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY  TO 

We  are  shown  some  interesting  photographs  of  the 
moon  and  stars,  and  then  allowed  to  adjust  our  watches 
to  exact  time.  After  that,  we  step  out  upon  a  balcony, 
and  see  the  snow  on  the  distant  Sierra  Nevadas,  a 
hundred  and  seventy-five  miles  away.  These  and  the 
Pyramid  Peak  of  Lake  Tahoe  (Tah-ho)  on  the 
Nevada  line  are  plainly  visible. 

Then,  we  saunter  about  as  we  may,  until  time  for 
the  stage  to  return. 

THE    OLD    QUICKSILVER   MINES 

To  MAKE  the  tour  of  California  without  visiting 
the  great  quicksilver  mines  in  the  vicinity  of  San  Jose 
would  be  to  miss  one  of  its  very  interesting  sights. 
So  we  reserve  the  morrow  for  a  drive  out  to  the  greatest 
quicksilver  mine  on  the  continent  and  the  second 
largest  in  the  world. 

We  pass  the  handsome  Hall  of  Records  of  San  Jose 
on  this  trip  and  are  soon  out  again  among  the  orchards. 
In  harvest  time  great  tables  are  set  out  in  these,  when 
the  fruit  is  peeled  by  scores  of  men  and  women  and 
laid  on  boards  to  dry  in  the  sun,  or  else  carted  to  the 
neighboring  canneries.  Later  we  get  in  among  the 
ravines  of  the  Almaden  (Ahl-mah-den)  creek  and  the 
country  takes  on  a  wild,  rather  sad  aspect.  Then, 
by  and  by,  we  pass  the  Casa  Grande  or  man- 
ager's house,  among  the  trees,  and  are  at  the  mines. 
Oreat  furnaces  rise  all  about  and  wagons  with  the 
curious  metal  flasks  for  the  ore  pass  and  repass.  Since 
long  before  1850,  when  the  present  records  begin,  ore 
has  been  taken  out,  and  in  that  time  the  mines  have 
yielded  something  like  nine  hundred  and  thirty  thou- 


OUR- WESTERN   WONDERLAND  177 

sand  flasks  of  seventy-six  and  a  half  pounds  each. 
There  are  over  eighty-one  miles  of  underground 
passages  in  the  mine,  these  nearly  level,  to  every 
hundred  feet. 

The  process  of  securing  the  mercury  or  quicksilver 
is  interesting.  The  miners,  principally  Mexicans,  drill 
and  blast,  and  then  the  dirt  is  hammered  out  into 
half -ton  cars,  which  convey  it  to  the  surface.  Thence 
it  is  taken  to  the  head  of  the  mountain  and  from 
there  by  gravity  railway  to  a  smelter  where  it  is 
burnt.  No  alloy  is  used  here,  the  mercur}^,  or  rather 
the  cinnabar  (sin-nah-bar),  as  the  rock  containing  the 
quicksilver  is  termed,  being  literally  roasted.  The 
mercury  then  rises  in  fumes  due  to  the  heat,  and  these 
fumes  pass  into  the  condensers  and  there  }deld  the 
mercur}\  Good  cinnabar  will  peld  about  thirty-six 
ounces  of  mercury  to  the  ton.  From  these  furnaces, 
the  mercury  is  then  poured  into  iron  hand-made 
flasks,  through  which  the  metal  will  not  eat  its 
way,  the  flasks  weighing  about  ninety-three  pounds 
when  full. 

Frequently  in  charging  the  furnaces  with  this  ore, 
the  miners  here  become  what  is  known  as  ''sahvated," 
that  is,  poisoned  by  the  fumes.  The  poison  causes 
them  to  shake  all  over,  and  frequently  the  head 
swells  badly. 

What  will  especially  interest  us  at  this  mine  unhke 
any  other  we  have  seen,  are  the  little  troughs  or  gutters 
leading  every^where.  From  the  furnaces  in  which  the 
crushed  ore  is  hterally  burnt,  these  gutters  lead  the 
quicksilver  into  the  troughs  and  thence  it  trickles, 
little  by  little,  from  all  parts  of  the  works  to  a  Uttle 


178  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

locked  room,  reminding  us  of  the  torture  chamber  of 
a  Turkish  prison.  There  it  gathers  for  weighing, 
botthng  and  sale. 

From  the  mine  we  step  into  the  Uttle  mining 
town  close  by,  for  luncheon  in  the  company  dining- 
room.  We  meet  here  the  town  teacher,  and  we  learn 
with  surprise  and  pleasure  that  he  uses  the  very 
Little  Journeys  one  of  which  we  are  now  making. 

SANTA   CLARA   MISSION 

We  now  Idave  San  Jose,  and  two  miles  farther  north 
stop  off  for  a  few  hours  to  see  all  that  is  left  of  the  Santa 
Clara  Mission,  founded  in  January  1777.  Almost  the 
entire  church  has  disappeared,  the  few  walls  that  re- 
mained of  the  old  structure  a  few  years  ago  being  used 
in  the  construction  of  the  new  church  that  occupies  the 
old  site.  The  old  garden,  also,  still  remains  and  here, 
each  day,  the  fathers  may  be  seen  walking  back  and 
forth  reciting  their  breviaries  as  they  used  to  do  in  the 
old  days.  Pictures  of  the  time  when  the  Indians 
lived  and  worked  here  crowd  upon  the  mind  and  our 
hearts  are  filled  with  sadness  as  we  remember  that  there 
are  scarcely  any  of  these  interesting  mission  Indians  left. 
A  few  miles  farther  on  we  reach  the  town  of  Palo 
Alto — ^the  tall  tree — ^near  which  is  the 

LELAND    STANFORD    UNIVERSITY 

At  the  depot  there  are  innumerable  vehicles  of  every 
sort  to  convey  students  and  others  to  the  grounds. 
We  leave  behind  us  the  town  of  Palo  Alto,  and 
ride  through  the  trees  to  the  great  entrance  ahead. 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


179 


It  is  an  open  gateway  of  yellow  and  white  pillars  set 
on  each  side  the  road,  on  which  is  inscribed  the 
tale  of  how  the  estate  was  acquired  by  the  Stanfords 
in  1876  and  how  the  university  was  founded  nine 
years  afterward.  The  road  then  leads  on,  lined  on 
the  right  and  left  by  rows  of  great  date  palms  and 


AN  ONION  SEED  FIELD  NEAR  SAN  JOSE,  CALIF. 


beyond  these  is  a  broad  cement  path  for  pedestrians 
and  bicyclers.  Nearly  all  the  students  here  have 
bicycles,  so  we  grow  quite  accustomed  to  the  whirr 
of  passing  wheels. 

Ahead  the  great  buildings  rise  Hke  a  dream  city, 
or  some  fantasy  of  Moorish  construction, — first  the 
huge  g}Tnnasium,  with  the  glass  cupola  over  its  center, 


180  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

then  the  museum  and  then  other  buildings.  These  are 
all  large  and  they  are  all  harmonious  in  style.  Be- 
yond them  are  the  homes  of  the  different  depart- 
ments of  chemistry  and  so  forth,  and  beyond  these 
the  new  library.  At  the  head  of  the  avenue  is  a 
great  central  grass-plot  on  which  stands  an  alle- 
gorical statue  of  Fame,  behind  which  rises  the 
famous  Memorial  Arch.  From  this  an  ivy-covered 
arcade  leads  to  the  main  buildings.  These  are  two 
stories  high  on  each  side,  the  center  building  having 
three  stories. 

Ahead  and  beyond  the  arch,  we  now  enter  the  me- 
morial court,  a  quadrangle  of  lawn  divided  by  cement 
walks  and  surrounded  by  arcades  of  stone.  To  the 
rear,  these  arcades  raise  themselves  into  buildings 
and  beyond  those  in  turn  there  rises  the  spire  of  the 
Memorial  Church.  In  the  quad  itself  there  is  a  palm, 
and  a  bronze  figure  of  an  eagle  on  a  rock,  another 
bronze  group  of  four  elephants  supporting  a  howdahj 
also  an  excellent  group  of  three  members  of  the 
Stanford  family.  Behind  all  these  appears  the  church, 
with  its  magnificent  colored  mosaic  pictures.  At  the 
upper  end  of  the  arcade  surrounding  the  court  are 
hung  notices  of  football,  of  articles  lost  by  students 
and  a  time-table  of  the  railway,  announcements  of 
debates,  and  the  like. 

Crossing  the  quadrangle,  we  find  ourselves  in  the 
great  gravel  court,  with  a  broad  cement  walk  leading 
down  the  center  to  the  Memorial  Church,  made  es- 
pecially handsome  by  three  great  arches  in  Moorish 
style.  From  this  church,  to  right  and  left,  extends 
still  another  covered  arcade,  of  a  one-story  building, 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


181 


and  there  is  still  another  single-story  structure  at  the 
corner  of  the  court.  These  comer  buildings^  then,  are 
connected  with  the  arcade  by  lateral  buildings,  each 
with  a  tower  at  the  center. 

The  church  chiefly  claims  our  attention.     It  is  of 
yellow  stone,  as  are  all  the  rest  of  the  buildings.     The 


r-- ■       ' 

19 

1 

-—" 

THE  ARCH,  STANFORD  UNIVERSITY 


roof  and  spire  are  red,  the  clock  showing  that  the  hour 
is  just  9 :15.  This  red  spire  harmonizes  with  the  mosaic 
on  the  front  of  the  church,  a  picture  of  Christ  among 
his  people.  Below  it  are  the  stained  windows  and 
then  the  legend  :  ^'Memorial  Church.  Erected 
to  the  glory  of  God  and  in  loving  memory  of  my  hus- 
band, Leland  Stanford.' '     While  we  stop  to  admire, 


182 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


we  hear  the  chimes  playing  plaintively  every  quarter 
of  an  hour.  The  center  of  one  side  of  the  quad  which 
is  toward  the  church  forms  a  gateway  to  it  by  three 
great  Moorish  arches,  and  above  them  Love  and 
Taith  and  Hope  and  Charity  are  represented  each  in 

a  colored  rdosaic 
on  a  background 
of  yellow,  and  sep- 
arated by  a  gay 
floral  pattern. 
Love  has  two 
children  in  her 
arms,  Faith  has  a 
cross  in  the  one 
hand  and  a  cup 
aloft,  and  so  on 
with  the  rest.  We 
have  not  the  time 
for  a  long  look 
now,  but  in  com- 
pany with  some 
students,  pass 
into  the  church. 
We  note  that  com- 
paratively few  of 
the  Stanford  stu- 
dents are  of  the  ' 'dressy"  type;  they  are  evidently  here 
for  hard  work,  and  not  for  show. 

We  enter  the  church  through  three  great  open-work 
bronze  doors,  reminding  us  of  the  bronze  doors  we 
saw  in  Washington.  We  step  into  a  vestibule  of 
mosaic,  where  stairs  rise  up  to  disappear  behind  glass 


A  stude:nt  at  Stanford  university 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND  183 

casings.  Just  opposite  the  door  is  a  wall  of  marble 
with  three  sets  of  great  oak  double  windows  divided 
one  from  the  other  by  the  walls,  in  which  there  is  a 
series  of  wreaths  enclosing  queer  gilt  patterns,  with 
wavy  circles  of  blue  and  of  white  inside;  the  whole 
effect  is  a  most  brilliant  one.  Over  the  entry,  by 
which  we  proceed  into  the  church  itself,  another  of 
Mrs.  Stanford's  inscriptions  is  seen : 

^'Whoever  thou  art  that  enterest  this  church,  leave 
it  not  without  a  prayer  to  God  for  thyself,  for  those 
who  minister,  for  those  who  worship,  and  for  those 
you  love!" 

The  walls  inside  are  of  a  greenish-yellow  with  three 
magnificent  stained-glass  windows  adding  rich  color 
and  each  of  these  separated  from  the  next  by  an 
equally  fine  large  mosaic  of  Biblical  scenes.  Beyond, 
opens  the  great  central  dome  of  the  church  and  beyond 
that  the  altar,  a  mass  of  color,  the  whole  reminding  us 
greatly  of  the  Greek  churches  visited  on  our  Balkan 
Journey. 

From  the  church  we  continue  up  the  arcade,  past 
more  of  the  ornate  square  buildings  in  which  are  the 
class  rooms  of  different  departments.  To  the  rear  of 
these  other  courts  open  with  more  buildings,  so  that 
there  is  what  seems  an  endless  compound.  Looking 
in  through  the  windows  we  see  the  chairs  with  one 
arm  flattened  into  a  desk,  that  are  used  throughout. 
One  of  us  has  a  friend  at  Stanford,  and  we  now  proceed 
to  look  him  up,  here  among  the  class  rooms. 

In  his  company,  then,  we  ramble  over  the  grounds. 
We  have  been  fortunate  in  that  our  Little  Journey 
has  brought  us  here  on  the  last  day  of  February, 


184  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

which  is  the  anniversary  of  Mrs.  Stanford's  deaths 
when  memorial  exercises  are  held.  So  we  see  the 
Stanford  tomb,  in  one  corner  of  the  campus,  opened. 
Here  members  of  the  family  are  placing  flowers. 
Meantime  we  learn  of  the  inner  workings  of  Stanford. 
It  is  desired  to  keep  the  number  of  students  down 
to  two  thousand,  and  of  these,  according  to  the  charter, 
not  over  five  hundred  can  be  girls.  So  the  entrance 
requirements  are  very  strict.  The  faculty  consists  of 
about  a  hundred  members. 

By  this  time  we  have  reached  the  University  Tavern, 
where,  as  in  Memorial  Hall  at  Harvard,  we  dine  with 
the  students.  The  meal  costs  us  fifty  cents,  but  the 
students  pay  only  a  quarter  for  theirs.  The  tables  are 
simple;  boys  and  girls  sit  round  them  with  here  and 
there  a  professor. 

We  are  led  into  the  dormitory  of  the  students,  or 
^^The  Hall,''  as  it  is  called,  a  building  of  long  halls 
on  which  open  the  rooms,  decorated  by  the  inmates 
with  all  manner  of  curious  things, — fish  nets  and 
the  like, — some  of  which  even  hang  on  the  transoms. 
Peeping  into  these  rooms,  we  see  Indian  rugs,  posters, 
couches  and  ornaments.  Then  we  hear  of  the  customs 
of  Stanford,  how  all  the  juniors  wear  a  high  hat  and 
rough  brown  corduroy  trousers,  and  on  the  first  oc- 
casion of  their  donning  these,  the  seniors  rush  in  and 
try  to  crush  the  hats.  The  freshmen  wear  no  distinc- 
tive hat,  but  the  sophomores  appear  in  soft  red  ones^ 
the  juniors  in  green,  and  the  seniors  in  great  sombreros. 

Of  course  we  visit  the  museum,  where  are  gathered 
the  innumerable  treasures  brought  by  various  mem- 
bers of  the  Stanford  family  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 


186 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY  TO 


There  is  an  especially  fine  collection  of  ancient  Egyp- 
tian relics,  and  of  Venetian  glass,  besides  some  very  in- 
teresting mementoes  of  old  mission  days  in  California. 
As  we  wish  to  attend  the  memorial  service  in  the 
church,  we  cannot  stay  as  long  as  we  would,  so  leave  at 
a  quarter  to  four,  early  enough  to  give  us  a  chance  to 


STANFORD  UNIVERSITY 

see  the  Stanford  students  en  masse  and  meet  some 
of  the  more  distinguished  members  of  the  faculty. 
The  chiming  of  the  bells  throughout  the  service  is 
particularly  impressive.  From  the  church,  after  it  is 
over,  the  students  file  to  the  tomb  and  there,  hats  off, 
in  the  sun-down  sing  the  plaintive  ^'Hail,  Stanford, 
Hail.^^ 

Before  we  have  half  finished  hearing  of  the  joys  and 
sorrows  of  Stanford  college  Hfe,  evening  comes  on 
and  we  must  return  to  Palo  Alto,  which  is  our  start- 
ing-point for  San  Francisco. 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  187 

THE    CITY   OF   THE    GO*LDEN    GATE SAN    FRANCISCO 

The  ride  from  Palo  Alto  occupies  only  an  hour  and  a 
half  SO  that  we  are  soon  in  San  Francisco.  -  On  our 
former  visit  the  train  circled  around  the  city  and  gave 
us  an  outlook  over  the  ocean,  but  the  grade  was  heavy 
and  considerable  time  was  lost  thereby,  so  the  railroad 
officials  and  engineers  sought  out  a  new  way  of  entrance. 
This  could  be  had  only  by  tunneling  through  the  ranges 
of  hills  that  came  down  to  the  very  edge  of  the  bay  on 
its  western  side.  So  five  large  four-track-wide  tunnels 
were  made,  at  a  cost  of  many  millions  of  dollars,  and 
now  we  circle  arcund  by  the  bay  and  reach  the  city 
through  the  tunnels. 

And  what  a  wonderful  city  it  is !  Wonderful  in  the 
marv^elous  way  it  is  already  built  up  after  the  earth- 
quake and  disastrous  fire  of  1906.  This  earthquake 
occurred  one  early  morning  in  April  of  that  year.  It 
was  a  severe  shock,  which  injured  many  buildings  and 
sacrificed  some  hves,  but  its  damage  could  have  been 
repaired  in  a  few  days  so  that  it  would  soon  have  been 
forgotten,  had  it  not  been  that  fire  broke  out,  and  to 
the  great  horror  of  the  people  and  the  fire  department 
it  was  found  that  they  could  not  draw  water  from  the 
mains.  A  brief  and  speedy  investigation  revealed  the 
awful  fact  that  the  earthquake  had  shattered  the 
pipes  apart,  destroying  some  of  them,  and  that  the 
precious  fluid  which  would  speedily  have  put  out  the 
fire  was  running  to  waste  where  it  could  be  of  no  benefit 
to  any  one.  To  add  to  the  terror  it  was  found  that  the 
Fire  Chief  was  one  of  the  comparatively  small  number 
who  had  been  killed.  A  heavy  cornice  was  shaken 
from  the  roof  of  the  hotel  in  which  he  lived,  and, 


188 


A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 


crashing  through  the  ceiUng  of  his  bedroom,  injured 
him  so  that  he  died  almost  instantly.  For  three 
terrible  days  and  nights  the  fire  raged.  General  Greeley 
and  the  federal  forces  were  called  upon  for  help  and 
dynamite  was  used  to  blow  up  whole  rows  of  houses  in 
the  hope  of  thus  arresting  the  progress  of  the  fire. 
Thousands  of  people  were  rendered  homeless,  and  as 


THE  REFUGEES  AFTER  THE  SAN  FRANCISCO  FIRE  OF  1906  TENTING 
IN  GOLDEN  GATE  PARK 

the  fire  spread,  they  hastily  gathered  together  a  few 
of  their  belongings  and  dragged  them  to  a  place  of 
safety.  A  continuous  procession  was  thus  formed 
moving  stoUdly  toward  the  western  hills.  Another 
procession  moved  towards  the  ferries.  Every  con- 
veyance that  could  be  pressed  into  service  was  brought 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  189 

into  requisition,  and  large  sums  were  paid  by  people 
who  found  their  houses  in  the  pathway  of  the  flames, 
and  who  sought  to  save  what  they  could. 

At  last  the  further  progress  of  the  flames  was  stayed, 
and  though  an  area  larger  than  that  of  the  combined 
areas  of  the  Chicago,  Boston  and  Baltimore  fires  was 
completely  burned  over,  a  great  sigh  of  thankfulness 
went  up  to  heaven  that  it  was  no  worse. 

Tents  were  put  up  in  all  the  parks  for  the  refugees 
who  remained  in  the  city,  while  thousands  were  carried 
by  the  railroads  free  of  charge  to  outside  towns  where 
they  were  hospitably  housed  and  cared  for.  Many  of 
these  tents  remained  for  a  year,  before  all  the  homeless 
ones  were  properly  cared  for  elsewhere. 

No  sooner  was  the  news  of  the  fire  flashed  over  the 
countr}^  than  trainloads  of  food,  bedding,  clothing, 
medicines  and  ever^^  kind  of  needful  suppUes  began  to 
pour  into  the  city.  Congress  made  a  large  appropria- 
tion, and  so  did  nearly  every  state  legislature  in  the 
Union,  and  cities  vied  with  each  other  as  to  which 
should  do  the  most  and  in  the  kindest  and  best  way  to 
help  the  stricken  city  by  the  Pacific.  It  was  such  a 
wonderful  exhibition  of  lo\ing  SAinpathy  and  generous 
helpfulness  as  the  world  had  never  before  seen. 

One  interesting  and  curious  feature  seen  long  after 
the  fire  was  the  outdoor  cooking  kitchens  that  were 
estabhshed  on  the  streets  in  front  of  almost  every 
house.  The  earthquake  had  shaken  down  most  of  the 
chimneys,  cracked  the  walls  of  many,  and  also  shaken 
apart  many  of  the  gas  mains.  It  was  not  possible, 
therefore,  to  use  gas  until  the  mains  had  all  been  in- 
spected and  repaired ;  nor  was  it  safe  to  allow  fires  to 


190  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

be  built  where  chimneys  might  be  cracked  and  thus 
allow  the  buildings  to  catch  fire. 

Armies  of  men  were  at  work  on  the  gas  and  water 
mains;  every  man  that  could  handle  a  trowel  and 
bricks  and  mortar  was  engaged  in  repairing  shattered 
and  cracked  walls  and  chimneys,  but  work  they  all 
faster  than  men  ever  worked  before,  it  was  necessarily 
a  long  time  before  the  inspectors  declared  it  safe  to 
build  fires.  Hence,  during  all  this  time,  all  cooking 
had  to  be  done  out  of  doors.  The  quaintest,  queerest, 
cutest,  funniest,  strangest  little  houses  were  built  on 
the  streets,  for  all  the  world  like  play  houses,  and  here 
eveiy  day,  and  three  times  a  day,  mamas  and  papas^ 
cooks  and  Chinamen,  negroes  and  Japanese,  cooked  the 
meals  for  the  families.  Sometimes  the  people  ate  on 
the  streets,  and  the  remarkable  thing  was  that  never 
before  in  the  history  of  the  city  was  there  so  Uttle 
sickness  as  during  these  long  weeks  when  all  the  cook- 
ing and  much  of  the  eating  was  done  out  of  doors. 

The  ashes  of  the  fire  were  not  yet  cool  before  meet- 
ings were  held  to  plan  for  rebuilding  the  city.  Organi- 
zations were  formed  and  plans  perfected  for  a  new  San 
Francisco.  Immediate  steps  were  taken  for  rebuilding 
the  burnt  district  on  these  plans,  and  now  all  traces  of 
the  disaster  of  1906  have  been  removed.  In  place  of 
the  old  buildings  there  has  arisen  a  new  business 
district,  covered  with  magnificent  structures  of  steel 
and  stone,  constructed  after  the  most  improved  models. 

San  Francisco  is  one  of  the  most  up-to-date  and  pro- 
gressive cities  in  the  world,  and  as  we  travel  her  streets 
and  behold  the  wondrous  changes  that  have  been 
wrought,  we  shall  not  fail  to  admire  this  remarkable 


OUK   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


191 


^ 


¥,  J 


'     AND  NAPA  VALLEY 


,. CELLO  STEAMSniPlO 


^ 


V 


REPRODUCED  BY  KIND  PERMISSION.  MONTICELLO  STEAMSHIP  CO. 
SAN  FRANCISCO,  CALIF. 


192  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

example  of  pluck,  courage  and  energy  which  character- 
ize the  American  people. 

THE   LOCATION   OF   SAN   FRANCISCO 

Before  we  start  out  let  us  study  the  map  and  see  the 
exact  location  of  San  Francisco  in  reference  to  the 
Pacific  Ocean  and  to  the  Bay,  as  well  as  to  the  neigh- 
boring cities.  On  another  page  is  a  beautiful  relief 
map  of  the  Monticello  Steam  Ship  Company  (which  by 
their  kind  permission  we  are  allowed  to  reproduce). 
The  point  of  land  at  the  bottom  of  the  map  is  the  end 
of  the  peninsula  on  which  we  rode  coming  in  from  Palo 
Alto,  and  we  reached  the  city  not  far  from  the  docks, 
almost  in  a  line  with  the  letter  ^^S'^  in  the  word  '^San^' 
written  near  the  inscription  ^ ^Hunters  Point.''  The 
map  shows  that  the  residences  of  San  Francisco  now 
occupy  almost  the  whole  of  the  end  of  the  peninsula. 
The  tiny  settlement  that  existed  in  1848,  when  gold 
was  discovered  in  California,  occupied  only  a  small 
area,  a  little  to  the  left  of  the  Clay  Street  Pier,  and 
ahnost  opposite  Yerba  Buena  Island.  In  those  days 
it  was  called  Yerba  Buena.  The  Mission  of  San 
Francisco  was  located  farther  inland,  and  the  only 
way  to  reach  it  was  by  following  a  winding  trail  which 
led  through  and  over  the  sand-hills  that  no  one  at  that 
time  ever  dreamed  would  be  covered  by  the  streets  of 
an  active,  busy  and  progressive  city.  Owing  to  the 
fact  that  all  travelers  who  had  visited  this  region  spoke 
of  San  Francisco,  the  Alcalde,  or  Justice  of  the  Peace^ 
of  Yerba  Buena,  Washington  Bartlett,  issued  a  procla- 
mation in  1848,  declaring  the  name  to  be  changed  to 
San  Francisco,   and   as  such  it  has  ever  since  been 


OUR   WESTERN  WONDERLAND  193 

known.  Many  thousands  of  people  all  over  the  world 
believe  that  San  Francisco  is  built  on  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  To  a  certain  extent  this  is  true  since  the  city 
has  grown  across  from  the  Bay  side  to  the  Ocean  side 
of  the  peninsula.  But  the  real  city,  the  business  heart 
of  it,  is  on  the  Bay  side,  beginning  at  the  Water  Front, 
where  the  piers  and  docks  are  marked,  and  extending 
for  a  number  of  blocks  to  the  West  and  South.  All 
the  rest  may  be  called  the  residence  sections  of  San 
Francisco. 

THE    NEIGHBORING    CITIES    OF   SAN   FRANCISCO 

It  WILL  be  seen  that  the  waters  of  the  Pacific  flow  into 
the  Bay  of  San  Francisco  through  the  Golden  Gate. 
Just  across  the  Bay  is  the  little  town  of  Sausahto 
which  is  reached  by  ferry,  from  which  point  we  take 
the  electric  railway  to  Mount  Tamalpais,  the  most 
crooked  railway  in  the  world.  A  httle  to  the  North- 
east of  Mount  Tamalpais  is  San  Rafael  where  another 
of  the  Missions  was  estabhshed  in  1817,  and  still 
further  to  the  North  is  Sonoma,  where  the  last  and 
most  northerly  of  the  twenty-one  Missions  was  estab- 
lished on  July  4th,  1823.  A  Uttle  to  the  Northwest  of 
Sonoma  is  Santa  Rosa,  the  home  of  Luther  Burbank, 
whose  wonderful  achievements  in  the  improvement  of 
plants  and  flowers  have  made  him  world-famed.  A 
few  miles  above  Santa  Rosa  is  Blount  St.  Helena,  so 
named  by  the  Russians  when  they  occupied  this  part 
of  the  country.  From  this  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
Russians  at  one  time  came  down  from  Alaska  to  a  point 
not  very  far  from  San  Francisco,  and  the  ^lission  of 
Sonoma,  together  with  a  small  fortress,  was  estabhshed. 


194  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

for  the  purpose  of  holding  them  in  check  and  prevent- 
ing their  obtaining  too  strong  a  foot-hold  in  California. 
Indeed,  the  historians  tell  us  that  it  is  very  probable 
that  had  not  the  Franciscan  Missions  been  established 
when  they  were,  California  today  would  be  a  Russian 
possession.  Would  it  not  be  strange  to  hear  the  pecu- 
liar Russian  names  instead  of  the  sweet  Spanish  ones 
^nd  those  of  our  own  tongue?  Across  the  Bay  to  the 
East  from  San  Francisco  lie  the  three  cities  of  Alameda, 
Oakland  and  Berkeley.  The  four  long  wharves  that 
^re  seen  reaching  out  from  Alameda,  Oakland  and 
Berkeley  are  piers  built  out  into  the  Bay  on  which 
passenger  and  freight  trains  run,  discharging  their 
loads  of  human  beings  and  freight  to  be  taken  across 
the  Bay  in  ferry-boats,  which  ply  back  and  forth,  like 
the  shuttles  of  a  weaver^s  loom,  without  ceasing  day 
^nd  night. 

THE  OAKLAND  MOLE 

From  the  Oakland  pier,  the  second  from  the  top, 
the  overland  trains  that  run  across  the  continent  to 
the  East  are  made  up,  so  that  when  passengers  leave 
8!an  Francisco,  they  really  do  not  take  their  train  in 
that  city,  but  have  to  be  conveyed  by  ferry  to  the  Oak- 
land pier,  where  the  train  awaits  them.  This  reminds 
us  of  the  way  many  of  the  trains  leave  New  York.  It 
will  be  remembered  that  we  have  to  take  ferry  in  like 
fashion  across  to  Jersey  City. 

This  big  Oakland  pier  is  always  known  on  the 
Pacific  coast  as  the  Oakland  Mole.  The  Mole  is  a 
pier,  but  far  more  solidly  built,  and  at  the  same  time 
so  arranged  as  to  help  form  a  harbor  for  vessels,  or  a 


OUR   WESTERN  WONDERLAND  195 

protection  for  the  city.  It  has  been  very  interesting^ 
to  watch  the  growth  of  the  Oakland  ^lole,  as  the  popula- 
tion of  San  Francisco  and  neighboring  cities  has  in- 
creased. When  we  first  visited  San  Francisco  many 
years  ago,  this  Mole  was  but  a  single  pier,  built  on 
ordinar}^  piles,  around  and  about  which  immense  masses 
of  rock  had  been  dumped  to  keep  it  secure.  Little  by 
Uttle  this  pier  was  broadened  to  allow  for  more  tracks 
and  a  larger  ierry  building,  and  at  last  a  new  pier  was 
built,  parallel  with  the  old  one,  but  several  hundred 
feet  distant.  These  two  piers  were  connected  at  the 
extreme  end  so  that  the  space  between  them  was  en- 
closed. It  now  became  the  work  of  the  Railroad  Com- 
pany to  fill  in  this  area  between  the  piers  and  drive 
out  the  waters  of  the  Bay.  This  was  accomphshed  in 
a  fashion  as  easy  and  simple  as  it  was-  interesting.  It 
was  desired  to  deepen  the  water  on  the  outside  of  the 
piers,  so  the  railroad  brought  here  a  suction  dredge, 
by  means  of  which  the  earth  at  the  bottom  of  the  Bay 
was  stirred  up  into  the  water  and  then  sucked  up 
through  a  large  tube  and  discharged  into  the  space 
between  the  piers.  In  a  short  time  the  mud  settled  to 
the  bottom  and  the  water  ran  off.  With  a  rapidity 
that  is  startling  to  those  who  are  not  familiar  with 
such  work,  the  whole  space  was  filled  and  now  ten  or 
more  trains  can  run  abreast  on  the  Oakland  ]\Iole,  for 
it  has  thus  been  made  a  soUd  pier  connecting  the  ferry 
sUp  with  the  main  land. 

THE  OLD  SAN  FRANCISCO  AND  THE  NEW 

Before  we  start  on  our  fit  tie  journey  through  the  city,, 
let  us  take  one  more  look  at  the  map,  for  it  will  enable 


196 


A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 


US  to  understand  a  little  better  what  we  are  going  to 
see.  It  will  be  observed  that  there  is  a  street  that 
runs  obhquely  from  the  terminal  letter  '^o"  in  the 
word  'Trancisco'^  up  to  near  the  Clay  Street  Pier.  This 
is  the  main  business  thoroughfare  of  San  Francisco 
and  is  called  Market  Street.     As  late  as  the  year  1850. 


A  GLIMPSE  DOWN  MARKET  ST.,  SAN   FRANCISCO,  CAL 

the  site  of  this  street  was  one  vast  high  ridge  of  sand. 
In  order  to  make  building  possible,  a  steam  shovel  was 
imported  from  the  East  and  this  ridge  was  shoveled 
into,  trains  of  cars  which  dumped  the  sand  into  the 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


197 


Bay.  There  were  numberless  other  sand  hills  and 
ridges  which  covered  the  present  site  of  San  Francisco 
and  these  were  treated  in  the  same  fashion  until  what 
is  now  Market  Street  was  extended  into  the  Bay  for 
fully  a  mile,  with  a  corresponding  increase  of  dry  land 
both  north  and  south  of  it.  This  ^^made-land^'  is  now 
all  densely  built  over  with  great  stores,  warehouses  and 
other  buildings. 

The  lay  of  the  streets  of  San  Francisco  have  always 
been  confusing  to  a  stranger,  yet  when  once  the 
method  by  which  they  are  laid  out  is  understood,  their 
arrangement  is  seen  to  be  verv^  simple.  The  map 
shows  the  obhque  angle  of  ^larket  Street.  South  of 
Market  the  streets  run  almost  at  right  angles;  north 
of  ^larket  they  run  thus : 


As  the  streets  south  of  Market  do  not  exactly  cor- 
respond to  the  streets  north  of  Market,  and  the  angle 
is  slightly  different,  this  seems  to  add  somewhat  to  the 


198  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

confusion.  Market  Street  is  one  of  the  noted  streets 
of  the  world.  It  is  a  hundred  and  twenty  feet  wide 
and  reaches  from  the  Ferry  Building  (which  is  always 
locally  spoken  of  as  ^Toot  of  Market")  to  Lone  Moun- 
tain, a  distance  of  several  miles. 

The  San  Francisco  of  1840  had  a  population  of  three 
hundred.  In  1848  and  1849  it  speedily  increased  to 
fifty  thousand  and  more.  In  1910  the  population  was 
416,912,  making  it  the  tenth  city  in  size  in  the  United 
States.  In  1920  the  number  of  inhabitants  increased 
to  more  than  500,000. 

PUBLIC   BUILDINGS 

As  we  saunter  along  the  streets  our  attention  is 
directed  to  many  magnificent  buildings.  But  we  were 
probably  first  impressed  with  the  Union  Ferry  Building, 
with  its  long  extent  on  the  water  front  and  great  tower 
and  clock.  Within  is  an  extensive  exhibit  of  the  agri- 
cultural and  mining  resources  of  the  State.  The  Federal 
Building  and  Mint  will  also  interest  us,  as  will  many 
business  blocks  and  banks. 

In  addition  to  these  San  Francisco  has  three  hotels, 
which,  because  of  their  size  and  palatial  equipment,  have 
gained  a  world-wide  reputation,  and  we  must  visit 
them  on  our  trip.  They  are  the  Palace,  on  Market 
street;  the  Fairmont,  on  Nob  Hill,  and  the  Saint  Francis 
on  Union  Square. 

Union  Square,  which  this  hotel  overlooks,  is  one  of  the 
smaller  parks  of  the  city.  In  it  is  located  the  beautiful 
and  graceful  Dewey  Monument,  surrounded  by  a  green 
lawn  and  many  waving  palms. 

A   WALK   DOWN    MARKET   STREET 

Though  we  are  located  in  the  Palace  Hotel,  we  decide 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 


199 


to  take  our  morning  meal  outside.  So  we  patronize  one 
of  the  vegetarian  cafes  for  our  breakfast,  where  a  regu- 
lation twenty-cent  meal  is  served, — stewed  fruit,  mush 
and  milk,  two  eggs,  bread,  butter  and  coffee.     In  the 


DEWKY    .Mr)XrMEXT    IX   UXTON    SQUARE.    AXD    ST.    FRANCIS   HOTEL. 
SAX    FRAXCISCO.    CAI.IF. 

candy  stores  there  are  specialties  of  California  candied 
fruits  in  boxes,  with  pictures  of  the  missions  burnt  into 
their  covers. 

Cars  jangle  b}^  in  long  trains,  and  we  note  how  cos- 
mopolitan are  the  crowds.  In  the  stores  we  observe 
constantly  local  customs.  All  fowl  save  chicken,  for 
instance,  are  suspended  by  the  feet  with  the  heads 
wrapped  in  browTi  paper.  Japanese  stores  are  numerous, 
and  in  all  of  these  the  three  apes,  signifying  ^^hear 
no  evil,  speak  no  evil,  think  no  evil,''  are  sold.  We 
are    attracted  by  some  very  beautiful  ivories  here. 


200  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

Off  on  a  side  street  is  the  handsome  square  white  stone 
Post  Office,  and  farther  on,  to  the  right,  is  the  Pioneer 
monument  built  by  James  Lick,  behind  which  is  the 
Hall  of  Records.  Just  in  front  of  this  used  to  be  the 
City  Hall,  a  picture  of  whose  famous  dome  appears  so 
often  in  the  school  geographies. 

Violets  are  hawked  along  the  walks  and  there  are 
many  buyers.  In  the  drygoods  stores  there  are  post 
office  sub-stations.  Phonographs  accompany  the  bio- 
graphs  in  the  penny  parlors.  In  the  novelty  shops 
there  are  dressed  fleas  for  sale.  And  m  other  shops 
there  are  the  endless  souvenir  postals. 

Not  far  from  the  Palace  Hotel  is  the  Chronicle 
Building,  erected  by  the  proprietor  of  one  of  the  San 
Francisco  newspapers.  Across  the  street  used  to  be 
the  Examiner  building.  It  is  now  rebuilt.  A  few 
steps  farther  along  is  the  Call  building,  one  of  the  noted 
steel-frame  structures  that  stood  through  the  fire, 
though  all  its  interior  equipment  was  destroyed. 
There  are  many  large  and  fine  buildings  all  the  way 
along  up  Market  Street. 

After  walking  about  two  miles  we  reach  Van  Ness 
Boulevard,  which  was  once  one  of  the  most  fashionable 
streets.  It  extends  from  Market  Street  to  the  North 
Beach  of  the  Bay,  overlooking  the  passage  of  the 
Golden  Gate.  It  is  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  feet 
wide,  and  no  heavy  teams  or  street  cars  are  allowed 
upon  it.  But  the  fire  reached  up  to  its  eastern  edge, 
and  many  of  its  fine  mansions  were  blown  up  with 
dynamite  to  help  arrest  the  flames.  After  the  fire 
Van  Ness  Boulevard  and  Fillmore  Street  became  the 
chief  business  streets  of  the  city  and  not  until  early  in 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  201 

1910  did  they  begin  to  return  to  their  former  more 
quiet  condition. 

By  and  b}^  we  are  in  the  section  of  the  cemeteries 
— Calvary  the  first,  east  of  Lone  Mountain.  Four 
graveyards  in  all  surround  this  mount,  and  Laurel 
Hill,  where  many  of  the  forty-niners  he,  is  the  next 
of  these  to  come  in  sight.  On  the  mountain-top  there 
is  a  great  white  cross  to  recall  the  Spanish  mission- 
aries. This  is  a  landmark  seen  from  all  over  the  city. 
San  Francisco's  Children's  Hospital  stands  out  here 
and  here  twenty-five  thousand  volunteers  of  the  Span- 
ish War  had  their  Camp  Merritt. 

Here,  too,  in  the  upper  part  of  town  is  the  south 
boundary  of  the  Presidio  (Pre-sid'-e-oh),  Uncle  Sam's 
greatest  militar}^  reserve.  It  contains  fifteen  thousand 
acres.  Near  by  stands  a  five-hundred-thousand-dollar 
home  for  the  aged  conducted  by  the  Little  Sisters  of 
the  Poor. 

THE    REAL   GOLDEN   GATE 

We  have  been  going  toward  the  Golden  Gate  and  if 
we  had  gone  by  car  we  should  have  been  told  how  the 
Gate  is  really  three  miles  long,  connecting  the  Pacific 
with  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco.  It  is  five  miles  wide 
in  places,  though  just  a  mile  at  the  inner  entry.  The 
points  are  strongly  fortified  and  as  the  channel  is 
from  twenty-one  to  sixty-three  fathoms  deep  and 
the  tide  rises  eight  feet,  ships  can  come  through  easily. 
On  the  opposite  side  of  the  bay  we  see  the  hills  of 
Marine  (Ma-reen)  County  and  distant  Mt.  Tamalpais 
(Tam-al-pie-iss),  up  which  we  shall  go  on  the  crooked- 
est  railway  in  the  world,  two  himdred  and  eighty-one 


202  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

curves  in  an  eight-mile  ride  and  a  grade  of  seven  per 
cent  in  places. 

San  Francisco  Bay,  we  learn  furthermore,  runs 
inland  for  sixty  miles,  having  a  shore  line  of  about 
one  thousand  miles,  making  it  the  greatest  land- 
locked harbor  in  the  world.  All  the  navies  of  the 
earth  could  be  harbored  here.     The  Gate  was  named 


THE  GOLDEN  GATE,  LEADING  FROM  SAN  FRANCISCO  BAY  INTO 
THE  PACIFIC  OCEAN 

by  Fremont  in  1846,  for  the  fertile  country  all  about 
and  not  as  a  gate  of  gold,  as  some  might  suppose. 

We  pass  the  old  Italian  cemetery  hidden  by  spnice 
hedges,  and  then  the  great  vacant  space  held  for  a 
mihtary  reserve,  to  where  on  the  right  the  Golden 
Gate  extends.  We  see  the  two  forts  on  the  points  a 
mile  apart,  then  the  green  land-locked  harbor,  and 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 

one  great  sail  coming  in.  Opposite  is  Alcatraz  (Al- 
ka-trass)  the  military  prison  island  and  then  again 
we  note  a  light -house  in  the  water,  another  sail  and  a 
skiff.  We  are  high  up  over  the  Gate  here  and  as  we 
look  at  the  scene  with  an  eye  to  its  beauty  only  we 
also  recall  the  sad  wreck  of  the  Rio  Janeiro,  a  few 
years  ago.  She  went  down  close  by  with  a  hundred 
and  eighty  passengers  aboard.  Ahead,  where  some 
men  are  fishing  on  the  rocks,  is  the  great  open  Pacific. 
And  there,  just  sailing  toward  Cathay,  a  great  four- 
master  passes  out  to  sea. 

High  above  the  water  we  go  to  its  very  edge,  just 
opposite  a  point  which  juts  out  very  much  as  does 
Gibraltar.  Then  the  entire  Golden  Gate  comes  into 
view,  and  ahead  the  Chff  House  and  the  famous  Sutro 
(Soo'tro)  Baths.  The  Seal  Rocks,  with  the  seals  bask- 
ing, small  and  yellow,  on  the  boulders,  are  also  in 
sight.  The  Cliff  House  we  find  to  be  a  grey  stnicture 
resembling  some  of  the  old  Scandinavian  legendary 
castles,  and  is*  set  in  a  colony  of  amusement  resorts. 

This  is  the  third  building  that  has  occupied  this  site, 
the  others  having  been  destroyed  by  fire.  In  the 
earlier  years  of  San  Francisco  this  was  the  chief  pleas- 
ure resort  of  the  wealthy,  for  the  drive  was  long  enough 
to  be  agreeable  and  excellent  meals  were  serv^ed  here. 

Below  the  CUff  House  and  away  to  the  south  stretches 
the  sandy  beach  where  thousands  come  daily,  and 
especially  on  Sundays,  to  enjoy  the  ocean  and  its 
roaring  surf.  A  grand  boulevard,  fit  for  automobiles 
has  been  made,  which  circles  around  into  the  heart  of 
the  city  so  that  all  classes  now  enjoy  the  Pacific  to  the 
full. 


204  A   LITTLE    JOURNEY   TO 

Golden  Gate  Park,  with  the  Dutch  windmill  and 
the  beach  and  the  sand  dunes   (which  covered  the 


THE  CLIFF  HOUSE  AND  SEAL  ROCKS,  SAN  FRANCISCO,  CALIF. 

entire  site  of  the  park  only  twenty-five  years  ago), 
also  unfolds  to  our  view. 

GOLDEN   GATE    PARK 

This  park  is  the  second  greatest  in  the  country,  being 
exceeded  in  area  only  by  Faimiount  Park  in  Phila- 
delphia, and  in  Europe  only  by  the  Bois  du  Boulogne. 
It  extends  three  and  a  half  miles  in  one  direction  and 
a  mile  in  the  other,  embracing  seventeen  hundred 
acres  in  all.  Thirty-five  years  ago  it  was  one  barren 
waste  of  sand  hills.  Seven  per  cent  of  the  city's  taxes 
have  been  devoted  to  its  maintenance,  and  already 
over  thirty  miUions  have  been  spent  on  it. 


OUR   WESTERN  WONDERLAND  205 

Here  are  monuments  to  the  mart>Tea  McKinley, 
Francis  Scott  Key,  who  wrote  the  Star  Spangled 
Banner,  Thomas  Starr  Kmg,  the  eloquent  and  patriotic 
minister  who  helped  ^^save  CaUfomia  to  the  Union," 
and  raised  by  his  lectures  and  appeals  over  a  milHon 
dollars  for  the  ''Sanitary^  Fund'' — used  to  help  the 
wounded  soldiers  during  the  Civil  War — Juniper© 
Serra,  the  pioneer  Franciscan  Missionar}",  who  really 
began  the  ci\dnzation  of  Cahfomia,  and  others.  There 
is  also  a  grand  band  stand,  with  seats  for  ten  thousand 
people,  for  San  Franciscans  love  to  come  out  on  Satur- 
day afternoons,  Sundaj^s  and  hohdays  to  hear  the  ex- 
cellent music  provided  by  the  miUtary  and  other  bands. 

Near  by  is  the  museum,  built  in  the  style  of  an 
Eg>^tian  Temple.  This  structure  was  allowed  to  re- 
main after  the  California  Mid-Winter  Exposition,  a 
great  World's  Fair  that  was  held  some  years  ago  to 
show  the  wonderful  winter  resources  of  this  growing 
'^Land  of  the  Sun-Down  Sea" — as  it  has  been  poetically 
called.  In  the  museum  are  many  distinctively  western 
objects  of  interest,  art  and  nature,  among  then  a  fiiie 
collection  of  Indian  Baskets,  showing  how  artistic  and 
skillful  our  native  Indians  were  in  this  most  primitive 
and  useful  of  arts. 

Winter  and  summer  alike  the  park  is  crowded;  the 
lawns  and  trees  are  always  green;  there  is  practically 
no  snow,  and  while  rains  occur  during  the  winter — or 
so-called  rainy  season — there  is  far  less  rain  during  this 
period  than  falls  in  any  Eastern  City  all  the  time. 

Following  the  car  line  now,  we  strike  back  again 
toward  the  heart  of  San  Francisco. 


206  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

THE   CLIMATE   OF   SAN   FRANCISCO 

We  are  interested  in  the  climate,  which  has  been 
largely  responsible  for  the  rapid  growth  of  San  Fran- 
cisco. The  average  temperature  here  is  56,  so  that 
people  can  wear  the  same  weight  of  clothing  the  year 
round.  Generally,  wraps  are  carried,  and  the  overcoat 
i^  as  much  in  evidence  in  July  as  in  January.  As  in 
other  parts  of  California  there  are  two  seasons,  the  rainy 
and  the  dry ;  the  rainy  season  begins  in  November  and 
extends  well  on  into  March  or  April,  although  there 
are  occasional  showers  even  in  June,  when  the  actual 
dry  season  begins.  In  1905  there  were  just  one 
hundred  and  ninety-five  dry  days.  Many  times  in 
the  so-called  wet  season  the  city  goes  two  or  three 
weeks  without  rain,  and  has  sun  all  the  time.  As 
for  snow,  the  last  time  that  it  was  seen  was  on  March 
3,  1896,  and  then  there  was  little  of  it. 

THE  zoo  AND  AVIARY  IN  THE  PARK 

Before  leaving  Golden  Gate  Park,  however,  we  must 
visit  the  Zoo.  Here  are  many  strange  animals,  birds^ 
and  reptiles,  many  of  which  are  native  to  the  western 
mountains  and  deserts.  We  are  especially  interested 
in  the  monster  grizzly  bears,  and  in  the  herd  of  buf- 
faloes, those  monarchs  of  the  plains  that  used  to  roam 
over  the  prairies  of  our  middle  west  in  such  large  num- 
bers, but  are  now  entirely  extinct,  except  for  a  few 
such  groups  as  those  found  here. 

The  aviary  is  a  monster  cage  where  hundreds  or 
thousands  of  birds  can  be  confined,  and  yet  enjoy  all 
the  freedom  of  the  fresh  air  and  bright  sunshine,  bub- 
bling fountains  and  a  thousand  and  one  trees,  shrubs. 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  207 

plants  and  flowers.  It  is  a  bower  of  beauty  and  song^ 
and  we  could  spend  days  here  in  watching  the  dainty^ 
beautiful  and  gorgeously  feathered  little  creatures  and 
listening  to  their  exquisite  songs. 

THE    PRESIDIO   RESERVATION 

The  word  presidio  is  Spanish  for  fort,  and  this  was  the 
old  fortress,  estabUshed  by  the  Spaniards  on  the  17th 
of  September,  1776,  the  very  day  that  Lord  Howe,  of 
the  British  Army,  was  rejoicing  in  the  City  of  New 
York  at  the  thought  that  he  was  soon  going  to  con- 
quer the  American  revolutionists.  But  he  was  dis- 
appointed as  we  all  know.  We  must  not  forget  that 
it  was  the  estabUshment  of  this  presidio  and,  later  of 
the  Mission  of  San  Francisco  that  gave  the  name  to 
the  great  city  we  are  now  visiting,  for  had  there  been 
no  such  presidio  and  mission  there  is  Uttle  doubt  but 
that  the  old  name  of  Yerba  Buena  would  have  been 
retained. 

After  the  fire  many  tents  were  erected  on  the  pre- 
sidio reserv^ation  for  the  refugees.  It  is  now  occupied 
by  the  officers  and  soldiers  of  the  United  States.  Our 
government  has  owned  it  since  1847. 

The  hills  above  the  presidio  are  such  fine  sites  for 
elegant  homes,  on  account  of  the  outlook  over  the 
park-Hke  reserv^ation,  the  Golden  Gate,  the  hills  of 
Marin  County,  and  the  great  Pacific,  that  some  of  the 
finest  residences  of  San  Francisco  are  to  be  found  there, 

CHINATOWN 

San  Francisco's  Chinatown  is  not  far  from  the  pala- 
tial Fairmont  Hotel.  It  occupies  some  twelve  or 
fourteen  complete  blocks,   on  the  same  site  it  held 


208  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

before  the  fire,  but  every  building  is  new  and  modem. 
There  are  some  wonderfully  fine  stores,  where  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  dollars  worth  of  exquisite  art  treas- 
urers from  China  and  Japan  are  on  exhibition  and  no 
one  thinks  of  going  to  San  Francisco  without  visiting 
these  stores. 

The  Joss-Houses,  theatres,  Chinese  newspaper  offices, 
restaurants,  and  the  fine  buildings  of  the  Seven  Com- 
panies— a  powerful  organization  of  Chinese  merchants 
— have  all  been  rebuilt,  and  Chinatown  is  as  gay,  as 
active,  as  resplendent  in  tinsel  and  show  as  ever.  Let 
us  enter  one  of  the  joss-houses.  A  ^^joss'^  is  a  famil}' 
of  Chinese  coming  from  the  same  place,  so  each  jost: 
has  its  own  house  where  its  members  go  to  worship. 
There  we  see  the  great  idol,  smell  the  incense  and  see 
the  gay  altars  before  which  tinfoil  money  is  burnt  to 
deceive  the  god,  and  then  step  out  on  the  balcony 
in  the  front  of  the  main  court.  Varnished  are  the 
mural  decorations  depicting  earth  and  sea  and  sky,  all 
painted  and  carved  and  gilded,  below  them  altars  show- 
ing China  divided  into  four  parts,  before  which  the 
Chinamen  -bow  their  heads  three  times  on  the  mat- 
ting while  gongs  are  beaten  thrice  to  attract  the 
god's  attention.  Here  in  the  joss-house  all  manner 
of  curious  customs  are  observable.  Rice  and  grain 
are  placed  before  the  joss,  that  the  spirit  may  eat  their 
spiritual  essence.  Another  custom  is  to  clap  two 
sticks  together  and  then  throw  them  on  the  ground; 
if  both  fall  right  side  up,  it  means  good  luck;  if  both 
fall  face  down  bad  luck  is  foretold,  and  if  one  falls  each 
way  the  fortune  is  fairly  good. 

The  joss-keeper  has  also  a  book  of  fortunes, — ^num- 


OUR  WESTERN  WONDERLAND  209 

bers  on  the  ends  of  little  sticks,  which  are  shaken  from 
a  bag  until  one  stick  protrudes  farther  than  the  rest, 
when  you  look  up  the  number  it  bears  in  the  fortime 
book  and  see  your  fate. 

SAN   FRANCISCO   STREET   CARS 

The  original  site  of  San  Francisco  was  much  more 
hilly  than  the  city  is  today.  Hundreds  of  milHons  'of 
tons  of  sand,  earth  and  rock  have  been  removed  and 
cast  into  the  Bay.  Yet  it  is  still  a  city  of  hills.  The 
chief  hills  are  named  Telegraph  Hill— from  the  top  of 
which  the  lookout  used  to  watch  for  the  approach  of 
vessels  and  then  telegraph  their  arrival  to  the  offices  in 
the  city  below — Russian  Hill,  and  Nob  Hill.  All  are 
largely  covered  with  residences. 

To  reach  these  it  was  imperative  that  some  easy  and 
rapid  means  of  conveyance  be  found.  Electric  cars 
were  not  invented  in  1873,  at  which  time  Mr.  A.  Hall- 
idie,  of  San  Francisco,  invented,  perfected  and  set  in 
motion  the  first  street  cable  cars  ever  operated.  At 
the  time  of  the  fire  there  were  two  hundred  and  sixty- 
four  miles  of  street  railway  in  San  Francisco,  eighty 
one  miles  of  which  were  cable.  To-day  the  cable  cars 
have  disappeared  altogether,  and  there  are  between 
350  and  400  miles  of  electric  lines,  operated  in  two 
systems:  the  Municipal  Street  Railwa}^,  owned  by  the 
city,  and  the  United  Railways,  owned  by  a  private 
company.  The  fare  on  both  lines  is  five  cents,  with 
universal  free  transfers,  which  allow  patrons  to  go 
from  one  part  of  the  city  to  any  other  part  T\dthout 
extra  charge.  The  municipal  line  is  especially  effi- 
cient and  well-managed,  paying  its  employes  a  higher 


210  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 

rate  of  wages. than  the  private  line  and  still  operating 
at  a  profit.  An  interesting  feature  of  the  municipal 
line  is  the  Twin  Peaks  tunnel,  23^  miles  long,  which 
shortens  the  distance  from  the  west  side  downtown. 

THE    OLD   MISSION 

When  the  presidio  was  established  in  1776,  on  Sep- 
tember 17,  preparations  were  well  forwarded  for  the 
founding  of  the  Mission,  and  on  October  9,  Padre 
Palou  read  the  mass  of^  dedication.  The  old  adobe 
building,  with  its  peculiar  two-storied  column-faced 
front  still  stands,  though  a  modem  brick  church  close 
by  fell  as  the  result  of  the  earthquake  and  fire.  This  is 
one  of  the  interesting  spots  to  visit  and  no  stranger  in 
San  Francisco  should  neglect  it.  To  see  the  old  altar, 
with  the  figures  of  saints  and  archangels,  and  the  var- 
ious objects  used  by  the  devoted  padres  in  their  en- 
deavors to  Christianize  and  civilize  the  native  Indians 
always  prove  sources  of  great  instruction  and  profit. 
As  the  Mission  was  built  close  to  a  little  lake  called 
Laguna  Dolores  (The  Lake  of  Our  Lady  of  Sorrows), 
the  Mission  soon  came  to  be  called  the  Mission  Dolores 
(Doe-lo'-rays),  though  it  is  dedicated  to  Saint  Francis, 
the  founder  of  the  Franciscan  order. 

A   ride    on   SAN   FRANCISCO    BAY 

Before  we  say  Good  Bye  to  the  region  of  San  Francisco 
we  must  take  a  ride  on  its  spacious  and  wonderful  Bay, 
How  we  wish  all  our  readers  could  have  been  present 
as  we  were  to  see  the  Atlantic  fleet  and  the  Pacific 
fleet  of  the  United  States  battleships,  crusiers  and 
torpedo  boats  sail  into  the  Bay,  through  the  Golden 
Gate,  one  Februar}^  maroing  a  few  years  ago.      Hun- 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND  211 

dreds  of  thousands  of  people  lined  the  shores  and 
cUmbed  to  the  hills  on  both  sides  of  the  Golden  Gate, 
and  it  was  a  sight  never  to  be  forgotten. 

The  area  of  San  Francisco  Bay  proper  is  two  hundred 
and  ninety  square  miles;  the  area  of  San  Pablo  Bay, 
Carquinez  Straits,  and  Mare  Island,  thirty  square 
niiles ;  the  area  of  Suisun  Bay,  to  the  confluence  of  the 
San  Joaquin  and  Sacramento  Rivers,  is  sixty-three 
square  miles.  The  total  bay  area  is  therefore  four 
hundred  and  eighty  square  miles ;  and  there  are  him- 
dreds  of  miles  of  slough,  river,  and  creek. 

Though  the  waters  are  by  no  means  smooth  and  easy 
to  navigate,  for  fierce  winds  often  blow  through  the 
narrow  pathway  of  the  Golden  Gate,  and  vexing  cross- 
currents distress  the  unwary  and  unskilled  boatman, 
sportsmen  fully  enjoy  yachting  on  the  Bay.  One  may 
sail  a  yacht  from  Alviso,  at  the  southern  end  of  the 
bay,  in  one  general  direction  one  hundred  and  fifty- 
four  miles  to  Sacramento,  before  turning,  and  all  of 
this  is  in  inland  waters. 

Going  south  on  the  western  side  of  the  bay  from  the 
city,  we  see  the  great  wharves,  the  Sugar  Refinery  and 
the  Union  Iron  Works,  where  the  battleships  Oregon, 
01>Tiipia,  Ohio,  Monterey,  California  and  South  Dakota 
were  built.  Then  we  see  China  Basin,  which  received 
its  name  from  its  being  the  rendezvous  of  the  Chinese 
fishing  boats.  It  is  now  being  filled  up  for  wharves 
and  railway  f aciUties  for  the  Santa  Fe,  and  other  great 
railroad  systems. 

South  San  Francisco  is  the  location  of  the  slaughter- 
houses and  packing-houses  of  San  Francisco,  and  in  the 
distance  we  can  see,  as  we  go  farther  south,  the  hills 


212  A    LITTLE    JOURNEY    TO 

behind  the  Leland  Stanford  Jr.,  University,  the  New 
Jesuit  College,  which  is  being  moved  from  Santa  Clara, 
and  at  last  San  Jose.  Circling  now  at  the  south  end 
of  the  bay  we  turn  and  go  up  on  the  eastern  side, 
passing  on  the  foothills  in  the  distance  the  old  Mission 
San  Jose,  and  as  we  approach  nearer  to  Alameda,  the 
hill  where  Joaquin  Miller,  the  poet  of  the  Sierras,  has 
his  home.  He  it  was  who  wrote,  that  grand  poem  that 
every  school  boy  and  girl  should  know  how  to  recite : 

COLUMBUS 

Behind  him  lay  the  gray  Azores, 

Behind  the  gates  of  Hercules ; 
Before  him  not  the  ghost  of  shores, 

Before  him  only  shoreless  seas. 
The  good  mate  said :  "Now  must  we  pray, 

For  lo!  the  very  stars  are  gone. 
Brave  Admiral,  speak!  What  shall  I  say? 

*'Why  say,  'Sail  on!  sail  on!  sail  on!" 

•"My  men  grew  mutinous  day  by  day, 

My  men  grew  ghastly  wan  and  weak." 
The  stout  mate  thought  of  home;  a  spray 

Of  salt  wave  washed  his  swarthy  cheek. 
^'What  shall  I  say,  brave  Admiral,  say. 

If  we  sight  naught  but  seas  at  dawn?" 
"Why,  you  shall  say  at  break  of  day, 

'Sail  on!  sail  on!  sail  on!  and  on!'" 

They  sailed  and  sailed,  as  winds  might  blow. 

Until  at  last  the  blanched  mate  said: 
"Why,  now,  not  even  God  would  know 

Should  I  and  all  my  men  fall  dead. 
These  very  winds  forget  their  way, 

For  God  from  these  dread  seas  is  gone. 
Now  speak,  brave  Admjral,  speak  and  say" — 

He  >aid:  "Sail  on!  sail  on!  and  on!" 

They  sailed — they  sailed.     Then  spake  the  mate; 

"This  mad  sea  shows  his  teeth  to-night. 
He  curls  his  lip,  he  lies  in  wait 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  213 

With  lifted  teeth  as  if  to  bite! 
Brave  Admiral,  say  but  one  good  word: 

What  shall  we  do  when  hope  is  gone?" 
The  words  leapt  like  a  leaping  sword: 

•'Sail  on!  sail  on!  sail  on!  and  on!" 

Then,  pale  and  worn,  he  kept  his  deck. 

And  peered  through  darkness.     Ah,  that  night 
Of  all  dark  nights!     And  then  a  speck — 

A  light!  a  light?  a  Ught!  a  light! 
It  grew;  a  starlit  flag  unfurled! 

It  grew  to  be  Time's  burst  of  dawn. 
He  gained  a  world;  he  gave  that  world 

Its  grandest  lesson:     "On!  sail  on!" 

Oakland  is  one  of  the  largest  cities  in  California, 
being  the  third  in  size  after  San  Francisco,  Los  Angeles 
being  the  first.  Here  lived  Edwin  Markham,  the 
author  of  another  great  and  world-famous  poem,  ^The 
Man  with  the  Hoe,"  which  was  written  here.  Farther 
aroimd  to  the  east  lies  Berkeley,  the  location  of  the 
state  University  of  California,  and  where  Joseph  Le 
Coute,  the  great  geologist  used  to  live.  Then  we  see  the 
Hercules  Powder  Works,  and  finally  arrive  at  Mare 
Island,  where  the  Government  Arsenal  is  located. 
We  pass  Benicia,  Vallejo  and  come  back  to  Yerba 
Buena  Island  where  the  Naval  Training  School  is 
estabUshed,  and  Angel  Island  on  which  is  the  quaran- 
tine station.  Beyond,  on  the  mainland  of  the  north 
shore  is  San  Quentin,  one  of  the  State  Penitentiaries  of 
California,  and  then  the  beautiful  towns  of  San  Rafael^ 
Tiburon  and  SausaUto.  In  the  Uttle  bays  that  indent 
the  north  shore  one  may  always  see  mmibers  of  house- 
boats where  people  from  the  city  come,  especially 
during  the  summer  time,  and  hve,  thus  enjoying  an 
unique  experience  of  actual  life  on  the  Ocean,  within 
sight  of  their  homes  on  land. 


214  OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND 

We  have  not  half  exhausted  all  the  sights  either  of 
San  Francisco  proper,  or  of  its  neighborhood,  but  our 
book  is  already  larger  than  it  ought  to  be,  so  reluc- 
tantly we  are  compelled  to  bring  its  pages  to  a  close 
and  thus  end  our  interesting  ^'Little  Journeys  to  Our 
Western  Wonderland^'  with  the  sincere  hope  that, 
someday,  every  one  of  our  readers  may  make  the  trip 
for  himself  and  thus  personally  enjoy  all  we  have  at- 
tempted to  describe. 


The  Panama- Pacific  International  Exposition 


ORIGIN 


The  Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition  held  in 
San  Francisco  in  1915,  was  authorized  b}^  the  Congress 
of  the  United  States  as  a  fitting  celebration  of  the  com- 
pletion of  the  Panama  Canal.  The  funds  were  pro- 
vided partly  by  the  United  States  Government,  partly 
by  the  State  of  California,  partly  by  the  city  and  county 
of  San  Francisco,  and  partly  by  private  subscription. 
The  entire  expense  approximated  $50,000,000.  San 
Francisco  was  selected  as  the  exposition  city,  and  both 
the  city  and  the  State  of  Cahfornia  discharged  faith- 
fully and  well  the  responsibility  wath  which  they  were 
intrusted  by  the  National  Government. 

LOCATION 

Harbor  View,  extending  for  over  two  miles  along  the 
south  shore  of  San  Francisco  Bay  and  just  within  the 
Golden  Gate,  was  selected  as  the  site  for  the  exposition. 

^^Xo  more  picturesque  location,  nor  one  more  appro-' 
priate  to  the  celebration  of  a  great  maritime  event, 
could  be  imagined.  On  the  south,  east  and  west  the 
grounds  are  encircled  by  towering  hills,  rising  success- 
ively from  250  to  900  feet  above  sea  level,  as  the  enfold- 
ing walls  of  a  vast  amphitheatre.'^ 

Upon  this  ideal  spot  the  exposition  authorities  pro- 
ceeded to  create  a  suitable  home  for  the  celebration  of 
one  of  the  greatest  events  in  the  history  of  the  world, 

215 


216  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY  TO 

This  was  the  fourth  international  exposition  that  had 
been  held  in  the  United  States  and  the  twelfth  in  the 
world,  and  the  management  felt  that  this  exposition 
must  excel  in  size,  magnificence  and  beauty  all  that  had 
preceded  it.  Their  task  was,  indeed,  no  light  one;  but 
the  great  leaders  of  the  enterprise  were  in  every  way 
equal  to  the  responsibility. 

They  assembled  the  most  noted  architects,  landscape 
gardeners,  sculptors  and  decorators  of  the  world,  and 
these  men  brought  their  genius,  skill  and  broad  exper- 
ience to  bear  upon  the  problem.  The  result  was  the 
exposition  grounds  as  they  appeared  on  the  opening 
day,  February  20,  1915. 

GENERAL   PLAN 

The  exposition  grounds  had  an  area  of  635  acres  and 
extend  eastward  from  Fort  Point,  which  marks  the 
southern  boundary  of  the  Golden  Gate,  for  a  distance 
of  two  miles.  A  narrow  strip  of  65  acres  extends  still 
farther  eastward,  but  it  is  separated  from  the  harbor 
by  the  mihtary  post.  Fort  Mason.  The  greatest  width 
of  the  grounds  is  a  little  over  a  half  a  mile.  The  narrow 
strip  on  the  east  was  devoted  to  the  amusement  con- 
cessions. The  exposition  buildings  were  set  in  three 
groups,  the  twelve  exposition  palaces  occupying  the 
center  of  the  site.  On  the  west,  and  nearest  the  Golden 
Gate,  were  located  the  pavilions  of  foreign  nations  and 
of  the  various  states.  Beyond  these  was  the  section 
set  apart  for  the  livestock  exhibit,  and  the  great  athletic 
field,  with  its  ball  ground,  tennis  courts  and  race  track, 
occupied  the  extreme  western  part  of  the  grounds. 

The  main  exhibition  palaces  were  set  back  about  350 


OUR   WESTERN   WONDERLAND  217 

feet  from  the  water^s  edge,  giving  a  space  for  a  marine 
promenade.  This  was  named  the  ''Marina/'  and  upon 
it  was  lavished  all  the  skill  of  the  landscape  architect. 
Myrtle,  cypress,  eucal^^ptus  and  other  trees  and  great 
beds  of  flowers  were  so  placed  as  to  form  the  most 
effective  contrast  with  the  lofty  colonnades  of  the  great 
palaces.  The  Marina  was  likewise  an  ideal  spot  from 
which  to  view  the  many  water  carnivals  that  took  place 
during  the  exposition. 

THE    BUILDINGS 

The  eight  palaces  forming  the  center  group  of  build- 
ings were  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  rectangle,  four 
facing  the  water  front  and  four,  the  hills  of  the  city. 
The  walls  of  these  buildings  were  connected,  forming  an 
outside  wall  which  was  unbroken,  except  by  a  series  of 
great  archways  and  entrances  giving  access  to  the 
buildings  and  courts.  The  buildings  in  this  group  com- 
prised the  palaces  of  Education,  Varied  Industries, 
Manufacturers,  Mines  and  Metallurgy,  Liberal  Arts, 
Transportation,  Agriculture  and  Food  Products. 

Seen  from  a  distance,  this  group  of  buildings  had  the 
appearance  of  "sl  great  Oriental  city  with  flashing  domes 
and  glimpses  of  briUiant,  riotous  colors. '^  A  closer 
view,  however,  showed  them  to  be  divided  from  north 
to  south  by  three  great  courts  and  their  approaches — 
the  Court  of  the  Universe,  in  the  center;  the  Court  of 
Abundance,  dividing  the  group  upon  the  east,  and  the 
great  west  court,  kno\Mi  as  the  Court  of  Four  Seasons. 
This  central  group  of  buildings  and  these  courts  con- 
tained the  richest  treasures  of  the  exposition  in  archi- 
tecture, sculpture,  harmony  and  color. 


218 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY   TO 


Flanking  this  walled  city  on  the  east  was  the  Palace 
of  Machinery,  the  largest  single  structure  of  the  expo- 
sition, and  the  Palace  of  Fine  Arts  flanked  the  group 
on  the  west. 


THE   COURTS 


The  Court  of  the  Universe  was  the  great  central  court 
of  honor.  Its  dimensions  were  700  by  900  feet.  In 
design  and  decoration  it  was  made  to  represent  the 


ARCH   OF  THE   RISING   SUN.   COURT  OP  THE   UNIVERSE 

meeting  place  of  the  hemispheres-  In  the  center  was  a 
sunken  garden  capable  of  seating  7,000  people.  At  the 
northern  end  was  a  great  lagoon,  ornamented  with 
statues  and  fountains.  Two  great  arches,  the  Arch  of 
the  Rising  Sun  and  the  Arch  of  the  Setting  Sun,  formed 
respectively,  the  eastern  and  western  entrances.    Sur- 


OUR   WESTERN    WONDERLAND  219 

mounting  the  Arch  of  the  Rising  Sun  was  a  group  of 
statuary,  'The  Nations  of  the  East/'  typical  of  the 
Orient  and  representing  the  Far  East;  over  that  of  the 
Setting  Sun  was  a  similar  group,  'The  Nations  of  the 
West/'  ''In  this  group  was  shown  the  pioneers  of  all 
races  who  have  settled  the  western  part  of  the  American 
continents  from  Alaska  to  the  southern  extremity  of 
South  America.'' 

On  the  south  the  court  was  dominated  by  the  great 
Tower  of  Jewels,  435  feet  high  and  surmounted  by  an 
enormous  globe,  typifying  the  world.  The  shaft  of  this 
tower  was  in  the  form  of  a  pyramid,  and  it  arose  in  lofty 
terraces  from  a  base  125  feet  square,  through  which  was 
cut  an  archway  125  feet  high.  This  tower  was  the  most 
striking  feature  of  the  exposition.  It  took  its  name 
from  over  100,000  hand-cut  glass  "jewels"  or  prisms 
resembhng  great  diamonds,  rubies  and  emeralds,  and 
so  hung  that  the  slightest  breeze  imparted  a  tremiulous 
motion  to  them,  "causing  them  to  flash  and  change  and 
scintillate  in  a  thousand  different  tints  and  colors." 
The  light  thrown  upon  this  tower  at  night  produced  a 
remarkably  brilliant  effect. 

The  Court  of  Abundance  was  the  east  central  court 
and  one  of  the  most  striking  sections  of  the  exposition. 
The  design  of  this  court  had  for  its  purpose  the  showing 
of  the  earth  in  its  various  stages  of  formation  from  the 
dawn  of  creation  to  the  present  geological  age.  The 
striking  features  embodied  in  this  design  held  the  visitor 
spellbound. 

The  Court  of  the  Four  Seasons  upon  the  west  is  said 
to  have  been  patterned  after  one  of  the  historic  Roman 
palaces,   Hadrian's  Villa.     It  was  surrounded  by  a 


220 


A   LITTLE   JOURNEY  TO 


beautiful  colonnade,  and  in  each  of  the  four  corners 
were  groups  of  statuary  representing  the  four  seasons. 
This  court  was  considered  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
sections  of  the  exposition. 


THE  PALACE   OF  HORTICULTURE 


THE    STATUARY 


Over  250  groups  and  hundreds  of  individual  pieces 
of  statuary  were  used  in  decorating  the  buildings  and 
grounds.  This  statuary  was  of  two  classes — that  which 
symbolized  certain  ideals  as  '^Victory/'  ' 'Abundance' ' 
and  'The  Seasons/'  and  that  which  illustrated  historic 
events,  such  as  'Tizzaro,"  ''Cortez''  and  'The  End  of 
the  Trail/'  Many  of  the  groups  and  single  pieces  as 
well  were  of  large  size,  and  no  description  can  convey 


OUR  WESTERN   WONDERLAND  221 

an  adequate  idea  of  the  impression  made  upon  the 
visitors  by  these  remarkable  works  of  art.  They  con- 
stituted one  of  the  strongest  features  of  the  exposition. 

THE    COLOR   SCHEME 

The  color  scheme  formed  the  most  striking  distinc- 
tion of  the  Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition, 
and  distinguished  it  from  all  its  predecessors.  The  walls 
of  the  buildings  were  covered  with  a  mortar  that  re- 
sembled cement.  This  was  colored  to  represent  traver- 
tine rock,  and  had  the  appearance  of  smoked  ivory, 
giving  a  soft,  cold  gray  for  the  prevailing  color.  Green, 
blue,  red,  orange  and  their  various  combinations  were 
chosen  for  ornamental  effects.  The  roofs  of  the  palaces 
were  a  reddish  pink,  the  domes  were  green,  and  the 
recesses  in  the  towers  were  gold  and  blue.  WHien  seen 
from  the  surrounding  hills,  the  general  effect  was  that 
of  "si  giant  Persian  rug  of  soft,  melting  tones.''  It  was 
'^a  poem  of  color  that  made  words  of  description  seem 
du'mb  and  meaningless.'' 

The  entire  color  scheme  was  carefully  worked  out  by 
M.  Jules  Guerin,  who  spent  several  years  on  the  plan. 

THE   MURAL  DECORATIONS 

The  mural  decorations  or  paintings  upon  the  walls 
were  of  the  highest  order  of  excellence.  Like  the 
statuary,  they  were  of  two  classes — those  representing 
historic  scenes  and  those  that  were  idealistic  and 
mythological.  Many  of  these  paintings  were  remark- 
ably impressive,  like  those  decorating  the  Arch  of  the 
Setting  Sun.  On  one  side  was  ^The  Arrival  on  the 
Pacific  Coast,"  a  pageant  containing  portraits  of  Father 


222  A   LITTLE   JOURNEY    TO 

Serra,  Bret  Harte,  William  Keith  and  a  number  of  other 
early  CaUfornians.  Upon  the  opposite  side  was  another 
painting  representing  the  youthful  pioneer  leaving  his 
New  England  home.  These  and  a  number  of  other 
striking  decorations  were  the  work  of  Frank  Vincent 
Du  Mond. 

THE   LIGHTING 

The  hghting  constituted  a  part  of  the  general  plan 
and  was  closely  related  to  the  color  scheme.  The  in- 
direct system  was  employed  throughout  the  grounds  and 
no  lights  were  visible,  but  thousands  of  electric  bulbs 
were  so  placed  as  to  produce  practically  a  daylight 
effect  in  which  all  the  delicate  shades  of  the  decorations 
were  brought  out.  The  lighting  scheme  was  a  magnifi- 
cent exhibit  of  the  progress  made  in  electric  lighting 
since  the  St.  Louis  Fair,  in  1904. 

THE    EXHIBITS 

But  what  about  the  wealth  of  material  housed  in  these 
palatial  buildings?  To  enumerate  the  exhibits  would 
be  impossible.  However  we  can  get  some  idea  of  this 
great  exposition  by  a  general  view  of  the  chief  depart- 
ments. The  exposition  was  world-wide  in  its  scope,  and 
it  represented  the  progress  of  the  nations  along  all  lines 
of  endeavor,  giving  special  attention  to  the  progress 
made  since  the  last  great  exposition  in  St.  Louis  in  1904. 
The  exhibits  were  classified  under  the  great  departments 
for  which  the  palaces  already  described  were  erected. 
Each  department  was  then  classified  as  the  nature  of  its 
exhibits  required.  By  this  arrangement  the  visitors 
were  able  to  find  at  once  those  exhibits  in  which  they 
were  specially  interested. 


■mn 


liiiiiliiiii: 

lliiiiiliiii